D-Link DWS-3160-24TC Cli Reference Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. D-Link Manuals
  4. Switch
  5. DWS-3160-24TC
  6. Cli reference manual

D-Link DWS-3160-24TC Cli Reference Manual

Gigabit ehernet unified switch
Hide thumbs Also See for DWS-3160-24TC:
1
Table Of Contents
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Reference Manual

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for D-Link DWS-3160-24TC

Summary of Contents for D-Link DWS-3160-24TC

  • Page 2: Table Of Contents

    DHCP Relay Command List ....................272 Chapter 25 DHCP Server Screening Command List ................288 Chapter 26 D-Link License Management System (DLMS) Command List ......... 291 Chapter 27 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) Command List ..........293 Chapter 28 Filter Command List ......................303 Chapter 29 Filter Database (FDB) Command List ................
  • Page 3 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 35 IPv6 Neighbor Discover Command List ................380 Chapter 36 IPv6 Route Command List ....................384 Chapter 37 Jumbo Frame Command List .................... 387 Chapter 38 Link Aggregation Command List ..................389 Chapter 39 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Command List ............
  • Page 4 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 71 TELNET Client Command List ..................657 Chapter 72 TFTP Client Command List ....................658 Chapter 73 Time and SNTP Command List ..................662 Chapter 74 Trace Route Command List ....................669 Chapter 75 Traffic Control Command List ...................

  • Page 5: Chapter 1 Using Command Line Interface

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 1 Using Command Line Interface The Switch can be managed through the Switch’s Command Line Interface (CLI), Web User Interface (Web UI) and by using the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). The Command Line Interface (CLI) can be used to configure and manage the Switch via the serial port or TELNET interfaces.
  • Page 6 Upon initial connection to the Switch, the login screen appears (see example below). DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. UserName: PassWord: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# By default, there is no Username and Password configured in the account settings of this Switch.

  • Page 7: Setting The Switch's Ip Address

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide NOTE: The first user automatically gets Administrator level privileges. At least one Admin-level user account must be created for the Switch. Setting the Switch’s IP Address Each Switch must be assigned its own IP Address, which is used for communication with an SNMP network manager or other TCP/IP applications.
  • Page 8 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config ipif System ipaddress 10.90.90.91/8 Command: config ipif System ipaddress 10.90.90.91/8 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# • At the CLI command prompt, enter the ‘config ipif System ipaddress 10.90.90.91/8’ command and press ‘Enter’. This will change the IP address of the Switch to 10.90.90.91. •...
  • Page 9 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config account Command: config account Next possible completions: <username> DWS-3160-24PC:admin# In this case, the command ‘config account’ was entered with the parameter <username>. The CLI will then prompt to enter the <username> with the message, Next possible completions:. Every command in the CLI has this feature, and complex commands have several layers of parameter prompting.

  • Page 10: Command Syntax Symbols

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide auth_session_statistics auth_statistics authen authen_enable authen_login authen_policy authentication authorization autoconfig bandwidth_control boot_file bpdu_protection captive_portal command command_history config current_config device_status dhcp_local_relay dhcp_relay dlms dot1v_protocol_group dscp egress_access_profile egress_flow_meter environment erps error ethernet_oam filter flow_meter gratuitous_arp greeting_message gvrp...

  • Page 11: Line Editing Keys

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide BRACKETS. square brackets [ ] Encloses a required value or list of required arguments. Only one value or argument must be specified. For example, in the syntax create account [admin | operator | power_user | user] <username 15>...
  • Page 12 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show switch Command: show switch Device Type : DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-45-67 IP Address : 10.90.90.90 (Manual) VLAN Name : default Subnet Mask : 255.0.0.0 Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0 Boot PROM Version : Build 1.00.001...
  • Page 13 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide refresh the displayed pages...

  • Page 14: Chapter 2 Basic Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 2 Basic Command List show session show serial_port config serial_port {baud_rate [9600 | 19200 | 38400 | 115200] | auto_logout [never | 2_minutes | 5_minutes | 10_minutes | 15_minutes]} enable clipaging disable clipaging login logout...
  • Page 15 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show session Command: show session Live Time From Level User --- ------------ --------------------------------------- ----- --------------- 01:35:03.410 Serial Port admin Anonymous Total Entries: 1 CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page Previous Page Refresh show serial_port...

  • Page 16: Enable Clipaging

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config serial_port {baud_rate [9600 | 19200 | 38400 | 115200] | auto_logout [never | 2_minutes | 5_minutes | 10_minutes | 15_minutes]} Parameters baud_rate - (Optional) Specifies the serial bit rate that will be used to communicate with the management host.

  • Page 17: Disable Clipaging

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable pausing of the screen display when show command output reaches the end of the page: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable clipaging Command: enable clipaging Success.
  • Page 18 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format login Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To login the Switch with a username dlink: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# login Command: login UserName:dlink PassWord:**** DWS-3160-24PC:admin# logout Description This command is used to logout from the CLI interface of the Switch. Format logout Parameters...
  • Page 19 * Logout * ********** DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. UserName: Description This command is used to display the usage and description information for a specific command. Format ? {<Command>} Parameters <Command>...
  • Page 20 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide clear Description This command is used to clear the screen. Format clear Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To clear the screen: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear Command: clear DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-10 show command_history Description The command is used to display command history. Format show command_history Parameters...
  • Page 21 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show command_history Command: show command_history ? ping login show serial_port show session ? config bpdu_protection ports ? reset ? create account ? create ipif show DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-11 config command_history Description This command is used to configure the number of commands that the Switch can recall. Format config command_history <value 1-40>...
  • Page 22 To edit the banner: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config greeting_message Command: config greeting_message Greeting Messages Editor ============================================================================== DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. ============================================================================== <Function Key> <Control Key> Ctrl+C Quit without save left/right/ Ctrl+W...
  • Page 23 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show greeting_message Command: show greeting_message ============================================================================== DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. ============================================================================== DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 2-14 config command_prompt Description This command is used to modify the command prompt in the CLI interface. It will modify the first part with a string consisting of a maximum of 16 characters, or to be replaced with the users’...

  • Page 24: Config Terminal Width

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To edit the command prompt: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config command_prompt Prompt# Command: config command_prompt Prompt# Success. Prompt#:admin# 2-15 config terminal width Description The command is used to set current terminal width. The usage is described as below: 1.

  • Page 25: Show Terminal Width

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 2-16 show terminal width Description The command is used to display the configuration of current terminal width. Format show terminal width Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the configuration of current terminal width: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show terminal width Command: show terminal width Global terminal width...

  • Page 26: Show Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 10_half - Set port speed to 10_half. 10_full - Set port speed to 10_full. 100_half - Set port speed to 100_half. 100_full - Set port speed to 100_full._ 1000_full - 1000_full set port speed to 1000_full. While set port speed to 1000_full,user should Specifies master or slave mode for 1000 base TX interface, and leave the 1000_full without any master or slave setting for other interface.
  • Page 27 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show ports {<portlist>} {[description | err_disabled | details | media_type]} Parameters ports - Specifies a range of ports to be displayed. <portlist> - (Optional) Enter the list of ports to be configured here. description - (Optional) Indicates if port description will be included in the display .

  • Page 28: Chapter 3 802.1Q Vlan Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 3 802.1Q VLAN Command List create vlan <vlan_name 32> tag <vlanid 2-4094> {type [1q_vlan | private_vlan]} {advertisement} create vlan vlanid <vidlist> {type [1q_vlan | private_vlan]} {advertisement} delete vlan <vlan_name 32> delete vlan vlanid <vidlist>...

  • Page 29: Create Vlan Vlanid

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create a VLAN with name “v2” and VLAN ID 2: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create vlan v2 tag 2 type 1q_vlan advertisement Command: create vlan v2 tag 2 type 1q_vlan advertisement Success.

  • Page 30: Delete Vlan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create vlan vlanid 10-30 Command: create vlan vlanid 10-30 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete vlan Description This command is used to delete a previously configured VLAN by the name on the Switch. Format delete vlan <vlan_name 32>...

  • Page 31: Config Vlan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To remove VLANs from 10-30: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete vlan vlanid 10-30 Command: delete vlan vlanid 10-30 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config vlan Description This command is used to configure a VLAN based on the name.

  • Page 32: Config Vlan Vlanid

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config vlan v1 add tagged 4-8 Command: config vlan v1 add tagged 4-8 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config vlan vlanid Description The command is used to configure multiple VLANs at the same time. Conflicts might be generated if you configure the name of multiple VLANs at the same time.
  • Page 33 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide config port_vlan Description This command is used to configure the ingress checking status of sending and receiving GVRP information. Format config port_vlan [<portlist> | all] {gvrp_state [enable | disable] | ingress_checking [enable | disable] | acceptable_frame [tagged_only | admit_all] | pvid <vlanid 1-4094>}(1) Parameters port_vlan - Specifies that the following will be applied to the port VLAN.

  • Page 34: Show Vlan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config gvrp 1-5 state enable ingress_checking enable acceptable_frame tagged_only pvid 2 Command: config gvrp 1-5 state enable ingress_checking enable acceptable_frame tagged_only pvid 2 Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config port_vlan 1-5 gvrp_state enable ingress_checking enable acceptable_frame tagged_only pvid 2 Command: config port_vlan 1-5 gvrp_state enable ingress_checking enable acceptable_frame tagged_only pvid 2...

  • Page 35: Show Vlan Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show vlan Command: show vlan VLAN Trunk State : Disabled VLAN Trunk Member Ports : VLAN Name : default VLAN Type : Static Advertisement : Enabled Member Ports : 1-24 Static Ports : 1-24 Current Tagged Ports Current Untagged Ports: 1-24...

  • Page 36: Show Vlan Vlanid

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-10 show vlan vlanid Description This command is used to display VLAN information using the VLAN ID. Format show vlan vlanid <vidlist> Parameters vlanid - (Optional) Specifies the VLAN ID of the VLAN. <vidlist>...

  • Page 37: Enable Pvid Auto Assign

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <portlist> - (Optional) Specifies a range of ports to be displayed. If no parameter specified, system will display all ports gvrp information. Restrictions None. Example To display the 802.1Q port setting: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show port_vlan Command: show port_vlan Port...

  • Page 38: Disable Pvid Auto Assign

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable pvid auto_assign Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the auto-assign PVID: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable pvid auto_assign Command: enable pvid auto_assign Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-13 disable pvid auto assign...

  • Page 39: Config Gvrp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 3-14 show pvid auto_assign Description This command is used to display the PVID auto-assignment state. Format show pvid auto_assign Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display PVID auto-assignment state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show pvid auto_assign Command: show pvid auto_assign PVID Auto-assignment: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 40: Show Gvrp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide site. It can use 802.1d GVRP address, 802.1ad service provider GVRP address or a user defined multicast address. The range of the user defined address is 0180C2000000 - 0180C2FFFFFF. dot1d - Specifies that the NNI BPDU protocol address value will be set to Dot1d. dot1ad - Specifies that the NNI BPDU protocol address value will be set to Dot1ad.

  • Page 41: Enable Gvrp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show gvrp Command: show gvrp Global GVRP : Disabled Join Time : 200 Milliseconds Leave Time : 600 Milliseconds LeaveAll Time : 10000 Milliseconds NNI BPDU Address: dot1d DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-17 enable gvrp Description This command is used to enable GVRP.
  • Page 42 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable GVRP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable gvrp Command: disable gvrp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-19 config private_vlan Description This command is used to add or remove a secondary VLAN from a private VLAN. Format config private_vlan [<vlan_name 32>...

  • Page 43: Show Private Vlan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config private_vlan p1 add community vlanid 2-5 Command: config private_vlan p1 add community vlanid 2-5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 3-20 show private vlan Description This command is used to display the private VLAN configuration. Format show private_vlan {[<vlan_name 32>...

  • Page 44: Chapter 4 802.1X Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 4 802.1X Command List enable 802.1x disable 802.1x create 802.1x user <username 15> delete 802.1x user <username 15> show 802.1x user config 802.1x auth_protocol [local | radius_eap] config 802.1x fwd_pdu system [enable | disable] config 802.1x fwd_pdu ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 45 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the 802.1X function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable 802.1x Command: enable 802.1x Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable 802.1x Description This command is used to disable the 802.1X function. Format disable 802.1x Parameters...
  • Page 46 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide create 802.1x user Description This command is used to create an 802.1X user. Format create 802.1x user <username 15> Parameters user - Specifies adding user name. <username 15> - Enter the username here. This value can be up to 15 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 47 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete the 802.1X user called ‘test’: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete 802.1x user test Command: delete 802.1x user test Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show 802.1x user Description This command is used to display the 802.1X user’s login information. Format show 802.1x user Parameters...
  • Page 48 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters local - Specifies the authentication protocol as local. radius_eap - Specifies the authentication protocol as RADIUS EAP. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the 802.1X authentication protocol as RADIUS EAP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x auth_protocol radius_eap Command: config 802.1x auth_protocol radius_eap Success.
  • Page 49 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x fwd_pdu system enable Command: config 802.1x fwd_pdu system enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x fwd_pdu ports Description This command is used to configure the per port setting to control the forwarding of EAPOL PDU. When the 802.1X functionality is disabled globally or for a port, and if the 802.1X forwarding PDU is enabled, both globally and for the port, a received EAPOL packet on the port will be flooded on the same VLAN to those ports for which the 802.1X forwarding PDU option is enabled and 802.1X...
  • Page 50 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config 802.1x authorization attributes radius [enable | disable] Parameters radius - If specified to enable, the authorization attributes (for example VLAN, 802.1p default priority, and ACL) assigned by the RADUIS server will be accepted if the global authorization status is enabled.
  • Page 51 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show 802.1x auth_configuration ports 1 Command: show 802.1x auth_configuration ports 1 Port Number Capability : None AdminCrlDir : Both OpenCrlDir : Both Port Control : Auto QuietPeriod : 60 TxPeriod : 30 SuppTimeout : 30...
  • Page 52 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 4-12 config 802.1x max_users Description This command is used to configure the maximum number of users that can be learned via 802.1X authentication. In addition to the global limitation, maximum users per port are also limited. It can be configured using the ‘config 802.1x auth_parameter’...
  • Page 53 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies a range of ports to be configured. <portlist> - Enter the list of ports used for the configuration here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used. default - Sets all parameter to be default value.
  • Page 54 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x auth_parameter ports 1-20 direction both Command: config 802.1x auth_parameter ports 1-20 direction both Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-14 config 802.1x auth_mode Description This command is used to configure the 802.1X authentication mode. Format config 802.1x auth_mode [port_based | mac_based] Parameters...
  • Page 55 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide all - Specifies that all ports will be used. mac_based - Configure the authentication as MAC based mode. <portlist> - Enter the list of ports used for the configuration here. all - Specifies that all ports will be used. mac_address - (Optional) Specifies the MAC address of client.
  • Page 56 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x reauth port_based ports all Command: config 802.1x reauth port_based ports all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-17 create 802.1x guest_vlan Description This command is used to assign a static VLAN to be a guest VLAN. The specific VLAN which is assigned to the guest VLAN must already exist.
  • Page 57 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters guest_vlan - Specifies the static VLAN to be guest VLAN. <vlan_name 32> - (Optional) Enter the VLAN name here. The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.

  • Page 58: Config Radius Add

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config 802.1x guest_vlan ports 1-8 state enable Command: config 802.1x guest_vlan ports 1-8 state enable Warning! GVRP of the ports were disabled! Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-20 show 802.1x guest_vlan Description This command is used to display the information of guest VLANs. Format show 802.1x guest_vlan Parameters...

  • Page 59: Config Radius Delete

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config radius add <server_index 1-3> [<server_ip> | <ipv6addr>] key <password 32> [default | {auth_port <udp_port_number 1-65535> | acct_port <udp_port_number 1-65535> | timeout <sec 1-255> | retransmit <int 1-20>}] Parameters add - Specifies to add a new RADIUS server. <server_index 1-3>...

  • Page 60: Config Radius

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config radius delete <server_index 1-3> Parameters delete - Specifies to delete a RADIUS server. <server_index 1-3> - Enter the RADIUS server index here. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To delete a RADIUS server: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config radius delete 1...

  • Page 61: Show Radius

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <udp_port_number 1-65535> - Enter the accounting port number here. This value must be between 1 and 65535. default - Specifies that the default port number will be used. timeout - (Optional) The time in second for waiting server reply. The default value is 5 seconds. <sec 1-255>...
  • Page 62 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show radius Command: show radius Index 1 IP Address : 10.48.74.121 Auth-Port : 60 Acct-Port : 1813 Timeout Retransmit : dlink Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-25 show auth_statistics Description This command is used to display information of authenticator statistics. Format show auth_statistics {ports <portlist>} Parameters...
  • Page 63 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_statistics ports 1 Command: show auth_statistics ports 1 Port Number : 1 EapolFramesRx EapolFramesTx EapolStartFramesRx EapolReqIdFramesTx EapolLogoffFramesRx EapolReqFramesTx EapolRespIdFramesRx EapolRespFramesRx InvalidEapolFramesRx EapLengthErrorFramesRx LastEapolFrameVersion LastEapolFrameSource 00-00-00-00-00-00 CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page Previous Page...
  • Page 64 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_diagnostics ports 1 Command: show auth_diagnostics ports 1 Port Number: 1 EntersConnecting EapLogoffsWhileConnecting EntersAuthenticating SuccessWhileAuthenticating TimeoutsWhileAuthenticating FailWhileAuthenticating ReauthsWhileAuthenticating EapStartsWhileAuthenticating EapLogoffWhileAuthenticating ReauthsWhileAuthenticated EapStartsWhileAuthenticated EapLogoffWhileAuthenticated BackendResponses BackendAccessChallenges BackendOtherRequestsToSupplicant BackendNonNakResponsesFromSupplicant BackendAuthSuccesses BackendAuthFails CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n...
  • Page 65 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_session_statistics ports 1 Command: show auth_session_statistics ports 1 Port Number : 1 SessionOctetsRx SessionOctetsTx SessionFramesRx SessionFramesTx SessionId SessionAuthenticMethod Remote Authentication Server SessionTime SessionTerminateCause SupplicantLogoff SessionUserName CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page Previous Page...
  • Page 66 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show auth_client Command: show auth_client radiusAuthClient ==> radiusAuthClientInvalidServerAddresses radiusAuthClientIdentifier radiusAuthServerEntry ==> radiusAuthServerIndex :1 radiusAuthServerAddress 10.48.74.121 radiusAuthClientServerPortNumber radiusAuthClientRoundTripTime radiusAuthClientAccessRequests radiusAuthClientAccessRetransmissions radiusAuthClientAccessAccepts radiusAuthClientAccessRejects radiusAuthClientAccessChallenges radiusAuthClientMalformedAccessResponses 0 radiusAuthClientBadAuthenticators radiusAuthClientPendingRequests radiusAuthClientTimeouts radiusAuthClientUnknownTypes radiusAuthClientPacketsDropped CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page...

  • Page 67: Config Accounting Service

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show acct_client Command: show acct_client radiusAcctClient ==> radiusAcctClientInvalidServerAddresses radiusAcctClientIdentifier radiusAuthServerEntry ==> radiusAccServerIndex : 1 radiusAccServerAddress 10.48.74.121 radiusAccClientServerPortNumber 1813 radiusAccClientRoundTripTime radiusAccClientRequests radiusAccClientRetransmissions radiusAccClientResponses radiusAccClientMalformedResponses radiusAccClientBadAuthenticators radiusAccClientPendingRequests radiusAccClientTimeouts radiusAccClientUnknownTypes radiusAccClientPacketsDropped CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page...

  • Page 68: Show Accounting Service

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example Enable it to configure accounting shell state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config accounting service shell state enable Command: config accounting service shell state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 4-31 show accounting service Description This command is used to display the status of RADIUS accounting services. Format show accounting service Parameters...

  • Page 69: Chapter 5 Access Authentication Control Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 5 Access Authentication Control Command List enable password encryption disable password encryption enable authen_policy disable authen_policy show authen_policy create authen_login method_list_name <string 15> config authen_login [default | method_list_name <string 15>] method {tacacs | xtacacs | tacacs+ | radius | server_group <string 15>...

  • Page 70: Disable Password Encryption

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the password encryption: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable password encryption Command: enable password encryption DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable password encryption Description This command is used to disable password encryption. The user account configuration information will be stored in the configuration file, and can be applied to the system later.
  • Page 71 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide enable authen_policy Description This command is used to enable system access authentication policy. Enable system access authentication policy. When authentication is enabled, the device will adopt the login authentication method list to authenticate the user for login, and adopt the enable authentication method list to authenticate the enable password for promoting the user‘s privilege to Admin level.
  • Page 72 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable system access authentication policy: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable authen_policy Command: disable authen_policy Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show authen_policy Description This command is used to display that system access authentication policy is enabled or disabled. Format show authen_policy Parameters...
  • Page 73 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create authen_login method_list_name <string 15> Parameters <string 15> - The user-defined method list name. This value can be up to 15 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To create a user-defined method list for user login: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create authen_login method_list_name login_list_1...
  • Page 74 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide xtacacs - (Optional) Authentication by the built-in server group “XTACACS”. tacacs+ - (Optional) Authentication by the built-in server group “TACACS+”. radius - (Optional) Authentication by the built-in server group “RADIUS”. server_group - (Optional) Authentication by the user-defined server group. <string 15>...
  • Page 75 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide show authen_login Description This command is used to display the method list of authentication methods for user login. Format show authen_login [default | method_list_name <string 15> | all] Parameters default - Display default user-defined method list for user login. method_list_name - Display the specific user-defined method list for user login.
  • Page 76 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To create a user-defined method list for promoting user's privilege to Admin level: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create authen_enable method_list_name enable_list_1 Command: create authen_enable method_list_name enable_list_1 Success.
  • Page 77 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure a user-defined method list for promoting user's privilege to Admin level: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config authen_enable method_list_name enable_list_1 method tacacs+ tacacs local_enable Command: config authen_ enable method_list_name enable_list_1 method tacacs+ tacacs local_enable Success.

  • Page 78: Config Authen Application

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters default - Display default user-defined method list for promoting user's privilege to Admin level. method_list_name - Display the specific user-defined method list for promoting user's privilege to Admin level. <string 15> - Enter the method list name here. This value can be up to 15 characters long. all - Display all method lists for promoting user's privilege to Admin level.

  • Page 79: Show Authen Application

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <string> - Enter the method list name here. This value can be up to 15 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the login method list for TELNET: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config authen application telnet login method_list_name login_list_1 Command: config authen application telnet login method_list_name login_list_1...
  • Page 80 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-16 create authen server_group Description This command is used to create a user-defined authentication server group. The maximum supported number of server groups including built-in server groups is 8. Each group consists of 8 server hosts as maximum.
  • Page 81 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide add - Add a server host to a server group. delete - Remove a server host from a server group. server_host - Server host’s IP address. <ipaddr> - Enter the server host IP address here. protocol - Specifies the authentication protocol used.
  • Page 82 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete authen server_group mix_1 Command: delete authen server_group mix_1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-19 show authen server_group Description This command is used to display the authentication server groups. Format show authen server_group {<string 15>} Parameters <string 15>...
  • Page 83 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide services can be run on the same physical host. The maximum supported number of server hosts is Format create authen server_host <ipaddr> protocol [tacacs | xtacacs | tacacs+ | radius] { port <int 1-65535>...
  • Page 84 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-21 config authen server_host Description This command is used to configure an authentication server host. Format config authen server_host <ipaddr> protocol [tacacs | xtacacs | tacacs+ | radius] {port <int 1-65535> | key [<key_string 254> | none ] | timeout <int 1-255> | retransmit <int 1-20>} Parameters server_host - Server host’s IP address.
  • Page 85 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-22 delete authen server_host Description This command is used to delete an authentication server host. Format delete authen server_host <ipaddr> protocol [tacacs | xtacacs | tacacs+ | radius] Parameters server_host - Server host’s IP address. <ipaddr>...
  • Page 86 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all authentication server hosts: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authen server_host Command: show authen server_host IP Address Protocol Port Timeout Retransmit --------------- -------- ----- ------- ---------- ---------------------- 10.1.1.222 TACACS+ ------ This is a secret Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-24...

  • Page 87: Config Authen Parameter Attempt

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-25 config authen parameter attempt Description This command is used to configure the maximum attempts for user's trying to login or promote the privilege on console, TELNET, SSH application. Format config authen parameter attempt <int 1-255> Parameters attempt - The amount of attempts for user's trying to login or promote the privilege on console or TELNET or SSH.

  • Page 88: Enable Admin

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the parameters of authentication: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authen parameter Command: show authen parameter Response Timeout : 60 seconds User Attempts DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 5-27 enable admin Description This command is used to enter the administrator level privilege. Promote the "user" privilege level to "admin"...
  • Page 89 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 5-28 config admin local_enable Description This command is used to configure the local enable password of administrator level privilege. When the user chooses the “local_enable” method to promote the privilege level, the enable password of local device is needed.

  • Page 90: Chapter 6 Access Control List (Acl) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 6 Access Control List (ACL) Command List create access_profile profile_id <value 1-6> profile_name <name 1-32> [ethernet {vlan {<hex 0x0-0x0fff>} | source_mac <macmask 000000000000-ffffffffffff> | destination_mac <macmask 000000000000-ffffffffffff> | 802.1p | ethernet_type} | ip {vlan {<hex 0x0-0x0fff>} | source_ip_mask <netmask>...
  • Page 91 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide hh:mm:ss> weekdays <daylist> | delete] show time_range show current_config access_profile create access_profile Description This command is used to create an access profile for access list rules. Format create access_profile profile_id <value 1-6> profile_name <name 1-32> [ethernet {vlan {<hex 0x0-0x0fff>} | source_mac <macmask 000000000000-ffffffffffff>...
  • Page 92 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide tcp - (Optional) Specifies that the rule applies to TCP traffic. src_port_mask - Specifies the TCP source port mask. <hex 0x0-0xffff> - Enter the TCP source port mask here. dst_port_mask - Specifies the TCP destination port mask. <hex 0x0-0xffff>...
  • Page 93 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an access profile: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create access_profile profile_id 1 profile_name t1 ethernet vlan source_mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 destination_mac 00-00-00-00-00-02 802.1p ethernet_type Command: create access_profile profile_id 1 profile_name 1 ethernet vlan source_mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 destination_mac 00-00-00-00-00-02 802.1p ethernet_type...
  • Page 94 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete the access list rule with a profile ID of 10: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete access_profile profile_id 10 Command: delete access_profile profile_id 10 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config access_profile Description This command is used to configure an access list entry. The ACL mirror function works after the mirror has been enabled and the mirror port has been configured using the mirror command.
  • Page 95 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <name 1-32> - Enter the profile name here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. add - Specifies that a profile or a rule will be added. access_id - Specifies the index of the access list entry. The value range is 1-256, but the supported maximum number of entries depends on the project.
  • Page 96 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <value 0-65535> - Enter the TCP source port value here. This value must be between 0 and 65535. mask - (Optional) Specifies an additional mask parameter that can be configured. <hex 0x0-0xffff> - Enter the source port mask here. dst_port - (Optional) Specifies that the rule will apply to a range of TCP destination ports.
  • Page 97 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide mask - (Optional) Specifies an additional mask parameter that can be configured. <ipv6mask> - Enter the source IPv6 mask here. destination_ipv6 - (Optional) Specifies the value of the IPv6 destination address. <ipv6addr>...
  • Page 98 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide counter - (Optional) Specifies whether the ACL counter feature is enabled or disabled. This parameter is optional. The default option is disabled. If the rule is not bound with the flow_meter, all matching packets are counted. If the rule is bound with the flow_meter, then the “counter”...
  • Page 99 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the current access list table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show access_profile Command: show access_profile Access Profile Table Total User Set Rule Entries : 1 Total Used HW Entries Total Available HW Entries : 1535 =============================================================================== Profile ID: 1...
  • Page 100 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Rule ID : 1 (auto assign) Ports: 1-24 Match on offset_chunk_1 : 3 value : 0x0000FFFF Action: Deny =============================================================================== DWS-3160-24PC:admin# The following example displays an access profile that supports an entry mask for each rule: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show access_profile profile_id 2 Command: show access_profile profile_id 2 Access Profile Table...
  • Page 101 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show access_profile profile_id 4 Command: show access_profile profile_id 4 Access Profile Table =============================================================================== Profile ID: 4 Profile name: 4 Type: User Defined MASK on offset_chunk_1 : 3 value : 0x0000FFFF offset_chunk_2 : 5 value : 0x0000FF00 offset_chunk_3 : 14 value : 0xFFFF0000...
  • Page 102 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The replace DSCP action can be performed on packets that conform (GREEN) and packets that do not conform (YELLOW and RED). If drop YELLOW/RED is selected, the action to replace the DSCP will not take effect.
  • Page 103 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 131072. color_blind - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode as color-blind. The default is color-blind mode. color_aware - (Optional) Specifies the meter mode as color-aware. The final color of the packet is determined by the initial color of the packet and the metering result. conform - (Optional) Specifies the action when a packet is mapped to the “green”...
  • Page 104 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide replace_dscp - Changes the DSCP of the packet. <value 0-63> - Enter the replace DSCP value here. This value must be between 0 and 63. drop - Drops the packet. counter - (Optional) Specifies the ACL counter. This is optional. The default is “disable”. The resource may be limited so that a counter cannot be turned on.
  • Page 105 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide access_id - (Optional) Specifies the access ID. <value 1-256> - Enter the access ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 256. Restrictions None. Example To display the flow metering configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show flow_meter Command: show flow_meter Flow Meter Information...
  • Page 106 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide end_time - Specifies the ending time of a day. (24-hr time) <time hh:mm:ss> - Enter the ending time here. (24-hr time). For example, 19:00 means 7PM. 19 is also acceptable. The time specified in the start_time parameter must be smaller than the time specified in the end_time parameter.
  • Page 107 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the current time range settings: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show time_range Command: show time_range Time Range Information ------------------------- Range Name Weekdays Start Time 01:01:01 End Time 02:02:02 Total Entries :1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show current_config access_profile Description This command is used to display the ACL part of the current configuration, when logged in with user level privileges.
  • Page 108 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show current_config access_profile Command: show current_config access_profile #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # ACL create access_profile profile_id 1 profile_name t1 ethernet vlan 0xFFF source_mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 destination_mac 00-00-00-00-00-02 802.1p ethernet_type config access_profile profile_id 1 add access_id 1 ethernet vlan_id 2 source_mac 00-11-22-33-44-55 destination_mac 00-12-34-56-78-90 802.1p 1 ethernet_type 0xFFFF port 10 permit priority 1 replace_priority replace_tos 1 counter enable time_range 1...

  • Page 109: Chapter 7 Access Control List (Acl) Egress Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 7 Access Control List (ACL) Egress Command List create egress_access_profile profile_id <value 1-4> profile_name <name 1-32> [ethernet {vlan {<hex 0x0-0x0fff>} | source_mac <macmask 000000000000-ffffffffffff> | destination_mac <macmask 000000000000-ffffffffffff> | 802.1p | ethernet_type} | ip {vlan {<hex 0x0-0x0fff>} | source_ip_mask <netmask>...
  • Page 110 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide create egress_access_profile Description This command is used to create an egress access list profile. For example, for some hardware, it may be invalid to Specifies destination IPv6 address and source IPv6 address at the same time. The user will be prompted for these limitations.
  • Page 111 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide all - Specifies that the TCP flag field mask will be set to 'all'. urg - Specifies that the TCP flag field mask will be set to 'urg'. ack - Specifies that the TCP flag field mask will be set to 'ack'. psh - Specifies that the TCP flag field mask will be set to 'psh'.
  • Page 112 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete egress_access_profile [profile_id <value 1-4> | profile_name <name 1-32> | all] Parameters profile_id - Specifies the index of the egress access list profile. <value 1-4> - Enter the profile ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 4. profile_name - Specifies the name of the profile.
  • Page 113 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <value 0-7> | replace_dscp_with <value 0-63> | counter [enable | disable]} | deny] {time_range <range_name 32>} | delete access_id <value 1-128>] Parameters profile_id - Specifies the index of the egress access list profile. <value 1-4>...
  • Page 114 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide code - Specifies that the rule will apply to the ICMP code traffic value. <value 0-255> - Enter the ICMP code traffic value here. This value must be between 0 and 255.
  • Page 115 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide between 0 and 65535. mask - Specifies the IPv6 TCP source port mask here. <hex 0x0-0xffff> - Enter the IPv6 TCP source port mask value here. dst_port - Specifies the value of the IPv6 layer 4 TCP destination port. <value 0-65535>...
  • Page 116 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide access_id - Specifies the index of the access list entry. If the auto_assign option is selected, the access ID is automatically assigned. <value 1-128> - Enter the access ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 128. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 117 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display current egress access list table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show egress_access_profile Command: show access_profile Egress Access Profile Table Total User Set Rule Entries Total Used Hardware Entries Total Available Hardware Entries : 509 ============================================================================== Profile ID: 1...
  • Page 118 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Action: Permit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rule ID : 2 (auto assign) Port group: 1 Match on Source IP : 10.0.0.1 Destination IP : 10.90.90.90 DSCP : 25 Action: Permit Matched Count : 0 packets ============================================================================== DWS-3160-24PC:admin# The following example displays an egress access profile that supports an entry mask for each rule:...
  • Page 119 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show current_config egress_access_profile Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display current configuration of egress access list table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show current_config egress_access_profile Command: show current_config egress_access_profile #----------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Egress ACL create egress_access_profile profile_id 1 profile_name 1 ethernet source_mac FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF config egress_access_profile profile_id 1 add access_id 1 ethernet source_mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 vlan_based vlan_id 1 permit...
  • Page 120 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide [enable | disable]}} exceed [permit {replace_dscp <value 0-63>} | drop] {counter [enable | disable]} violate [permit {replace_dscp <value 0-63>} | drop] {counter [enable | disable]} | sr_tcm cir <value> cbs <value> ebs <value> {[color_blind | color_aware]} {conform [permit | replace_dscp <value 0-63>] {counter [enable | disable]}} exceed [permit {replace_dscp <value 0-63>} | drop] {counter [enable | disable]} violate [permit {replace_dscp <value 0-63>} | drop] {counter [enable | disable]} | delete]...
  • Page 121 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the function is disabled. enable - Specifies that the ACL counter parameter will be enabled. disable - Specifies that the ACL counter parameter will be disabled. violate - Specifies the action when packet is in “red color”. permit - Permit the packet.
  • Page 122 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure a “two rates three color” flow meter: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config egress_flow_meter profile_id 1 access_id 1 tr_tcm cir 1000 cbs 200 pir 2000 pbs 200 exceed replace_dscp 21 violate drop command: config egress_flow_meter profile_id 1 access_id 1 tr_tcm cir 1000 cbs 200 pir 2000 pbs 200 exceed replace_dscp 21 violate drop Success.
  • Page 123 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show egress_flow_meter Command: show egress_flow_meter Flow Meter Information ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Profile ID:1 Access ID:1 Mode : trTCM / ColorAware CIR(Kbps):1000 CBS(Kbyte):1000 PIR(Kbps):2000 PBS(Kbyte):2000 Action: Conform : Permit Counter: Enabled Exceed : Drop Counter: Enabled Violate : Drop Counter: Disabled...
  • Page 124 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create port_group id 2 name group2 Command: create port_group id 2 name group2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config port_group Description This command is used to add or delete a port list to a port group. Format config port_group [id <value 1-64>...
  • Page 125 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters id - Specifies the port group ID. <value 1-64> - Enter the port group ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 64. name - Specifies the port group name. <name 16>...
  • Page 126 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show port_group Command: show port_group Port Group Table Group ID Group Name Ports group1 1-2,5 group2 4-5,7,9,11,13 15,17,19-25 group3 Total Entries :3 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 127: Chapter 8 Address Resolution Protocol (Arp) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 8 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Command List create arpentry <ipaddr> <macaddr> delete arpentry [<ipaddr> | all] config arpentry <ipaddr> <macaddr> config arp_aging time <minutes 0-65535> clear arptable show arpentry {ipif <ipif_name 12> | ipaddress <ipaddr> | static | mac_address <macaddr>} create arpentry Description This command is used to enter a static ARP entry into the Switch’s ARP table.

  • Page 128: Config Arpentry

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete arpentry [<ipaddr> | all] Parameters <ipaddr> - The IP address of the end node or station. all - Delete all ARP entries. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To delete an entry of IP address 10.48.74.121 from the ARP table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete arpentry 10.48.74.121...

  • Page 129: Clear Arptable

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config arpentry 10.48.74.121 00-50-BA-00-07-37 Command: config arpentry 10.48.74.121 00-50-BA-00-07-37 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config arp_aging time Description This command is used to configure the maximum amount of time, in minutes, that a dynamic ARP entry can remain in the Switch’s ARP table, without being accessed, before it is dropped from the table.

  • Page 130: Show Arpentry

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To clear the ARP table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear arptable Command: clear arptable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show arpentry Description This command is used to displays the ARP table. You can filter the display by IP address, MAC address, Interface name, or static entries.
  • Page 131 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show arpentry Command: show arpentry ARP Aging Time : 30 Interface IP Address MAC Address Type ------------- --------------- ----------------- --------------- System 10.0.0.0 FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF Local/Broadcast System 10.48.74.121 00-50-BA-00-07-37 Static System 10.90.90.20 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Dynamic System 10.90.90.90...

  • Page 132: Chapter 9 Arp Spoofing Prevention Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 9 ARP Spoofing Prevention Command List config arp_spoofing_prevention [add gateway_ip <ipaddr> gateway_mac <macaddr> ports [<portlist> | all] | delete gateway_ip <ipaddr>] show arp_spoofing_prevention config arp_spoofing_prevention Description This command is used to configure the spoofing prevention entry to prevent spoofing of MAC for the protected gateway.
  • Page 133 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config arp_spoofing_prevention add gateway_ip 10.254.254.251 gateway_mac 00-00-00-11-11-11 ports 1-2 Command: config arp_spoofing_prevention add gateway_ip 10.254.254.251 gateway_mac 00-00-00-11-11-11 ports 1-2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show arp_spoofing_prevention Description This command is used to display the ARP spoofing prevention entry. Format show arp_spoofing_prevention Parameters...

  • Page 134: Chapter 10 Asymmetric Vlan Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 10 Asymmetric VLAN Command List enable asymmetric_vlan disable asymmetric_vlan show asymmetric_vlan 10-1 enable asymmetric_vlan Description This command is used to enable the asymmetric VLAN function on the Switch. Format enable asymmetric_vlan Parameters None.
  • Page 135 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable asymmetric VLANs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable asymmetric_vlan Command: disable asymmetric_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 10-3 show asymmetric_vlan Description This command is used to display the asymmetric VLAN state on the Switch. Format show asymmetric_vlan Parameters...

  • Page 136: Chapter 11 Auto-Configuration Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 11 Auto-Configuration Command List enable autoconfig disable autoconfig show autoconfig 11-1 enable autoconfig Description This command is used to enable the automatic configuration feature of this Switch. When automatic configuration is enabled, during power on initialization, the Switch will get configure file path name and TFTP server IP address from the DHCP server.

  • Page 137: Show Autoconfig

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable autoconfig Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable autoconfig: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable autoconfig Command: disable autoconfig Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 11-3 show autoconfig Description This command is used to display if the auto-configuration is enabled or disabled. Format show autoconfig Parameters...

  • Page 138: Chapter 12 Basic Commands Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 12 Basic Commands Command List create account [admin | operator | power_user | user] <username 15> {encrypt [plain_text | sha_1] <password>} config account <username> {encrypt [plain_text | sha_1] <password>} show account delete account <username>...

  • Page 139: Config Account

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide form and in encrypted form are different. For the plain-text form, passwords must have a minimum of 0 character and can have a maximum of 15 characters. For the encrypted form password, the length is fixed to 35 bytes long. The password is case-sensitive. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.

  • Page 140: Show Account

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide encrypt - (Optional) Specifies that the password will be encrypted. plain_text - Select to Specifies the password in plain text form. sha_1 - Select to Specifies the password in the SHA-1 encrypted form. <password>...

  • Page 141: Delete Account

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To display the accounts that have been created: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show account Command: show account Current Accounts: Username Access Level --------------- ------------ admin Admin operator Operator power Power_user...

  • Page 142: Show Switch

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 12-5 show switch Description This command is used to display the Switch information. Format show switch Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example The following is an example for display of Switch information. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show switch Command: show switch Device Type...

  • Page 143: Enable Telnet

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 12-6 enable telnet Description This command is used to enable the Switch’s TELNET based management software. Format enable telnet {<tcp_port_number 1-65535>} Parameters <tcp_port_number 1-65535> - (Optional) The TCP port number. TCP ports are numbered between 1 and 65535.

  • Page 144: Enable Web

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable telnet Command: disable telnet Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-8 enable web Description This command is used to enable the Switch’s HTTP based management software. Format enable web {<tcp_port_number 1-65535>} Parameters <tcp_port_number 1-65535> - (Optional) The TCP port number. TCP ports are numbered between 1 and 65535.
  • Page 145 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable HTTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable web Command: disable web Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-10 reboot Description This command is used to reboot the Switch. Format reboot {force_agree} Parameters...

  • Page 146: Config Firmware

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The configuration settings include enable/disable of clipaging, greeting message, and command prompt will also be reset by all the reset commands. There is one exception, the “reset” command will not reset IP address configured on the system IPIF and the default gateway setting.

  • Page 147: Create Ipif

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <path_filename 64> - Specifies a firmware file on the device file system. boot_up - Specifies the firmware as the boot up firmware. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To config image 1 as the boot up image: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config firmware image image1 boot_up Command: config firmware image image1 boot_up...

  • Page 148: Config Ipif

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an IP interface: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create ipif Inter2 192.168.16.1/24 default state enable secondary Command: create ipif Inter2 192.168.16.1/24 default state enable secondary Success.

  • Page 149: Delete Ipif

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide address and length of network prefix. There can be multiple V6 addresses defined on an interface. Thus, as a new address is defined, it is added on this ipif. <ipv6networkaddr> - Enter the IPv6 address used here. state - Specifies that the IPv6 interface state will be set to enabled or disabled.

  • Page 150: Enable Ipif

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete ipif newone Command: delete ipif newone Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-16 enable ipif Description This commands is used to enable the IP interface. Format enable ipif [<ipif_name 12> | all] Parameters ipif_name - Specifies the name of the IP interface. <ipif_name 12>...

  • Page 151: Show Ipif

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <ipif_name 12> - Enter the IP interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. all – Specifies that all the IP interfaces will be disabled. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 152 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipif Command: show ipif IP Interface : Inter2 VLAN Name : default Interface Admin State : Enabled Link Status : LinkUp IPv4 Address : 192.168.16.1/24 (Manual) Secondary Proxy ARP : Disabled (Local : Disabled) IPv4 State : Enabled...
  • Page 153 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto newone Command: enable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto newone Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 12-20 disable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto Description This command is used to disable the auto configuration of link local address when no IPv6 address are configured. Format disable ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto [<ipif_name 12>...
  • Page 154 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example T o display the link local address automatic configuration state. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto Command: show ipif_ipv6_link_local_auto IPIF: System Automatic Link Local Address: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 155: Chapter 13 Bpdu Attack Protection Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 13 BPDU Attack Protection Command List config bpdu_protection ports [<portlist> | all ] {state [enable | disable] | mode [ drop | block | shutdown} (1) config bpdu_protection recovery_timer [<sec 60-1000000> | infinite] config bpdu_protection [trap | log] [none | attack_detected | attack_cleared | both] enable bpdu_protection disable bpdu_protection...
  • Page 156 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the port state and drop mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config bpdu_protection ports 1 state enable mode drop Commands: config bpdu_protection ports 1 state enable mode drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 13-2 config bpdu_protection recovery_interval Description This command is used to configure the BPDU protection recovery interval.
  • Page 157 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config bpdu_protection [trap | log] [none | attack_detected | attack_cleared | both] Parameters trap - To Specifies the trap state. log - To Specifies the log state. none - Neither attack_detected nor attack_cleared is trapped or logged. attack_detected - Events will be logged or trapped when the BPDU attacks is detected.
  • Page 158 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable bpdu_protection Commands: enable bpdu_protection Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 13-5 disable bpdu_protection Description This command is used to disable the BPDU protection function globally for the Switch. Format disable bpdu_protection Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 159 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the BPDU protection for the entire Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show bpdu_protection Command: show bpdu_protection BPDU Protection Global Settings ---------------------------------------- BPDU Protection Status : Enabled BPDU Protection Recover Time : 120 seconds BPDU Protection Trap Status : Both...

  • Page 160: Chapter 14 Cable Diagnostics Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 14 Cable Diagnostics Command List cable_diag ports [<portlist> | all] 14-1 cable_diag ports Description This command is used to run a cable diagnostics report for all the ports or only for selected ports on this Switch.
  • Page 161 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example Test the cable on port 1, 2, 3, 23 and 24: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#cable_diag ports 1,2,3,23,24 Command: cable_diag ports 1-3,23-24 Perform Cable Diagnostics ... Port Type Link Status Test Result Cable Length (M) ------ ---------- -------------...

  • Page 162: Chapter 15 Captive Portal Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 15 Captive Portal Command List enable captive_portal disable captive_portal config captive_portal [http_port [<int 0-65535> | default] | https_port [<int 0-65535> | default] | statistics_interval [0 | <int 15-3600> | default] | authentication_timeout [<int 60-600> | default]] config captive_portal trap [enable | disable] [all | client_auth_failure | client_connect | client_disconnect | client_db_full] show captive_portal {[status | trap]}...
  • Page 163 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-1 enable captive_portal Description This command is used to enable the Captive Portal operation on the Switch. Format enable captive_portal Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the Captive Portal: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable captive_portal Command: enable captive_portal Success.
  • Page 164 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#disable captive_portal Command: disable captive_portal Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 15-3 config captive_portal Description This command is used to configure the Captive Portal’s global settings on the Switch. Format config captive_portal [http_port [<int 0-65535> | default] | https_port [<int 0-65535> | default] | statistics_interval [0 | <int 15-3600>...
  • Page 165 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal http_port 100 Command: config captive_portal http_port 100 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To disable the Captive Portal’s statistics report option: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal statistics_interval 0 Command: config captive_portal statistics_interval 0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the Captive Portal’s authentication timeout value: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal authentication_timeout 600 Command: config captive_portal authentication_timeout 600 Success.
  • Page 166 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable all Captive Portal SNMP traps: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal trap enable all Command: config captive_portal trap enable all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the Captive Portal SNMP trap option called ‘client-auth-failure’: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal trap enable client_auth_failure Command: config captive_portal trap enable client_auth_failure Success.
  • Page 167 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display summarized information about the Captive Portal’s configuration when the Captive Portal is disabled: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal Command: show captive_portal Administrative Mode : Disable Operational Status : Disabled Disable Reason : Administrator Disabled CP IP Address : 0.0.0.0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...
  • Page 168 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Additional HTTP Port - Displays the port number of the additional HTTP port configured for traffic. A value of 0 indicates that only port 80 is configured for HTTP traffic. Additional HTTP Secure Port - Displays the port number of the additional HTTPS secure port. A value of 0 indicates no additional port and the default port (443) is used.
  • Page 169 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create captive_portal configuration 2 Command: create captive_portal configuration 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 15-7 delete captive_portal configuration Description This command is used to delete a Captive Portal configuration. Format delete captive_portal configuration <int 1-10> Parameters <int 1-10>...
  • Page 170 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide account_label {<string 256>} | aup_text {<string 32768>} | background_image <string 32> | branding_image <string 32> | browser_title {<string 512>} | button_label <string 128> | code <string 32> | denied_msg <string 512> | font_list {<sentence>} | instructional_text {<string 1024>} | link <string 512>...
  • Page 171 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <int 1-64> - Enter the wireless network value used here. This value must be between 1 and 64. enable - Specifies that the interface association option will be enabled. disable - Specifies that the interface association option will be disabled. locale - Specifies that the administrator must use the WEB user interface to create and customize Captive Portal web content.
  • Page 172 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <string 1024> - (Optional) Enter the instructional authentication text used here. This string can be up to 1024 characters long. link - Specifies that the web user must add a Captive Portal configuration in a language that is supported by the Switch.
  • Page 173 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <string 512> - (Optional) Enter the JavaScript logout message, to be displayed here. This string can be up to 512 characters long. timeout_msg - Specifies that the web user must enter the text that will be displayed when the system has rejected authentication because the authentication transaction took too long.
  • Page 174 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide name - Specifies the name for the Captive Portal configuration. <name 32> - Enter the Captive Portal configuration name used here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. protocol - Specifies the protocol used for the Captive Portal configuration.
  • Page 175 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal configuration 1 clear Command: config captive_portal configuration 1 clear All fields will be set to the default values for this CP configuration. Are you sure you want to clear the CP configuration? (y/n) y Success.
  • Page 176 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal configuration 1 user_logout enable Command: config captive_portal configuration 1 user_logout enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the redirect mode option for the Captive Portal configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal configuration 1 redirect enable Command: config captive_portal configuration 1 redirect enable Success.
  • Page 177 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the maximum rate at which a client can receive data from the network for the Captive Portal configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal configuration 1 max_bandwidth_down 102400 Command: config captive_portal configuration 1 max_bandwidth_down 102400 Success.
  • Page 178 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display information of all configured Captive Portal configurations: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal configuration Command: show captive_portal configuration CP ID CP Name Mode Protocol Verification ----- -------------------- ------- -------- ------------ Training Enable HTTPS...
  • Page 179 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal configuration 1 interface phy_port 2 Command: show captive_portal configuration 1 interface phy_port 2 CP ID CP Name : Training Interface : Physical Port 2 Interface Description : Physical Port: 2 Gigabit - L... Activation Status : Enabled Block Status...
  • Page 180 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal configuration 1 status Command: show captive_portal configuration 1 status CP ID CP Name : Training CP Mode : Enable Protocol Mode : HTTPS Verification Mode : Local Group ID Group Name User Logout Mode : Enable...
  • Page 181 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Authenticated Users - Displays the number of authenticated users connected to the network through this Captive Portal. Configured Locales - Displays the number of locales defined for this Captive Portal. Interface Description - Describes the interface. Block Status - Displays the blocked status, which is Blocked or Not Blocked.
  • Page 182 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal client deauthenticate Command: config captive_portal client deauthenticate Successfully deauthenticated clients. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To deauthenticate all Captive Portal clients from Configuration 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal client deauthenticate 1 Command: config captive_portal client deauthenticate 1 Successfully deauthenticated clients for CP configuration 1.
  • Page 183 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the Captive Portal client connection summary: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal client Command: show captive_portal client MAC Address Verify (*)Peer Authenticated IP Address User Name Protocol Mode Session Time --------------------- --------------- ---------- -------- ------ ------------ 00-23-7D-BC-2E-18 192.168.69.66...
  • Page 184 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide In the above examples the following display parameters can be noticed: Client MAC Address - Displays the MAC address of the wireless or wired client. Client IP Address - Displays the IP address of the wireless or wired client. Protocol Mode - Displays the current connection protocol, which is either HTTP or HTTPS.
  • Page 185 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Physical Port: 3 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 4 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 5 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 6 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 7 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 8 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 9 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 10 Gigabit - Level Physical Port: 11 Gigabit - Level...
  • Page 186 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal interface client phy_port 23 Command: show captive_portal interface client phy_port 23 Interface : Physical Port 23 Interface Description : Physical Port: 23 Gigabit - L... Client Client MAC Address IP Address CP ID CP Name...
  • Page 187 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-14 show captive_portal interface configuration Description This command is used to display the interface configuration assignments for all Captive Portal configurations or a specific configuration. Format show captive_portal interface configuration {<int 1-10>} Parameters <int 1-10>...
  • Page 188 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show captive_portal interface capability {[phy_port <portlist> | wireless_network <int 1-64>]} Parameters phy_port - (Optional) Specifies to display the client information on the physical port(s). <portlist> - Enter the physical portlist used here. wireless_network - (Optional) Specifies to display the client information on the wireless network.
  • Page 189 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Wireless Network 5 - dlink5 Wireless Wireless Network 6 - dlink6 Wireless Wireless Network 7 - dlink7 Wireless Wireless Network 8 - dlink8 Wireless Wireless Network 9 - dlink9 Wireless Wireless Network 10 - dlink10 Wireless Wireless Network 11 - dlink11 Wireless...
  • Page 190 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-16 create captive_portal user Description This command is used to create a captive portal user in the local database. There are two ways to create the user. Create using a name or create using a password. If the user is created using name, the password needs to be assigned with the user password command.
  • Page 191 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete captive_portal user [all | <int 1-128>] Parameters all - Specifies that all captive portal users will be deleted. <int 1-128> - Enter the user ID, of a specific captive portal user to be deleted, here. This value must be between 1 and 128.
  • Page 192 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide be between 0 and 536870911 bytes per second. The value 0 indicates that the default value will be used. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. max_bandwidth_up - Specifies the maximum bandwidth at which the client can send data into the network.
  • Page 193 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal user 1 name CPuser Command: config captive_portal user 1 name CPuser Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the password for a Captive Portal user: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config captive_portal user 1 password Command: config captive_portal user 1 password Enter a case-sensitive new password (8 to 16 characters):******** Enter the new password again for confirmation:******** Success.
  • Page 194 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the information of all Captive Portal users: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show captive_portal user Command: show captive_portal user Session Idle User ID User Name Timeout Timeout Group ID Group Name ------- --------------------- ------- -------- -------- --------------------- CPuser Default...
  • Page 195 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <int 1-10> - Enter the Captive Portal user group ID used here. This value must be between 1 and Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To create a Captive Portal user group: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create captive_portal user group 3 Command: create captive_portal user group 3 Success.
  • Page 196 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 15-22 config captive_portal user group Description This command is used to configure a Captive Portal user group on the Switch. Format config captive_portal user group <int 1-10> [name <name 32> | moveusers <int 1-10>] Parameters <int 1-10>...
  • Page 197 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <int 1-10> - (Optional) Enter the Captive Portal user group ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 10. If no parameter is specified, then all the user groups will be displayed. Restrictions None.

  • Page 198: Chapter 16 Command Logging Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 16 Command Logging Command List enable command logging disable command logging show command logging 16-1 enable command logging Description This command is used to enable the command logging function. When the Switch is under the booting procedure, all configuration commands will not be logged.

  • Page 199: Show Command Logging

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable the command logging: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable command logging Command: disable command logging Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 16-3 show command logging Description This command is used to display the Switch’s general command logging configuration status. Format show command logging Parameters...

  • Page 200: Chapter 17 Compound Authentication Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 17 Compound Authentication Command List create authentication guest_vlan [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1-4094>] delete authentication guest_vlan [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1-4094>] config authentication guest_vlan [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1-4094>] [add | delete] ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 201 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create authentication guest_vlan vlan guestVLAN Command: create authentication guest_vlan vlan guestVLAN Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 17-2 delete authentication guest_vlan Description This command is used to delete the guest VLAN setting, but won’t delete the static VLAN. All ports that were enabled on the guest VLAN will move to the original VLAN after deleting the guest VLAN.

  • Page 202: Config Authentication Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vlan - Assigned a VLAN as guest VLAN. The VLAN must be an existed static VLAN. <vlan_name 32> - Enter the VLAN name here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. vlanid - Assigned a VLAN as guest VLAN.
  • Page 203 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide specified, or all VLANs is disabled, means do not care which VLAN the client comes from, the client will be authenticated if the client's MAC(not care the VLAN) is not authenticated. After the client is authenticated, the client will not be re-authenticated when received from other VLANs.

  • Page 204: Show Authentication Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example This example displays the guest VLAN setting: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authentication guest_vlan Command: show authentication guest_vlan Guest VLAN VID Guest VLAN Member Ports: 10 Guest VLAN VID : 100 Guest VLAN Member Ports: Total Entries: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 17-6...
  • Page 205 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authentication ports Command: show authentication ports Port Methods Auth Mode Authentication VLAN(s) CP Configuration ---- -------------- ----------- ---------------------- ------------------ Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based Host-based...

  • Page 206: Show Authorization

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable authorization attributes Command: enable authorization attributes Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 17-8 disable authorization Description This command is used to disable authorization. Format disable authorization attributes Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable the authorization global state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable authorization attributes...

  • Page 207: Config Authentication Server Failover

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the authorization status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show authorization Command: show authorization Authorization for Attributes: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 17-10 config authentication server failover Description This command is used to configure authentication server failover function. Format config authentication server failover [local | permit | block] Parameters...
  • Page 208 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show authentication Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the global authentication configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show authentication Command: show authentication Authentication Server Failover: Block. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show authentication Command: show authentication Authentication Server Failover: Permit. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show authentication Command: show authentication Authentication Server Failover: Local.

  • Page 209: Chapter 18 Configuration Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 18 Configuration Command List show config [effective | modified | current_config | boot_up | file <pathname 64>] {[include | exclude | begin] <filter_string 80> {<filter_string 80> {<filter_string 80>}} {[include | exclude | begin] <filter_string 80>...
  • Page 210 The following example illustrates how the special filters ‘modified’ affect the configuration display: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show config modified Command: show config modified #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Configuration Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # DEVICE # BASIC # ACCOUNT LIST create account admin admin *@&2jmj7l5rSw0yVb/vlWAYkK/YBwmwMs6D *@&2jmj7l5rSw0yVb/vlWAYkK/YBwmwMs6D...

  • Page 211: Config Configuration

    DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show config effective Command: show config effective #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Configuration Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # DEVICE config temperature threshold high 79 config temperature threshold low 11 config temperature trap state enable...
  • Page 212 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config configuration config.cfg boot_up Command: config configuration config.cfg boot_up Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 18-3 save Description This command is used to save the current configuration to a file. This command is required to be supported regardless of whether file system is supported or whether multiple configuration files are supported.
  • Page 213 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show boot_file Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the boot file: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show boot_file Command: show boot_file Bootup Firmware : /c:/runtime.had Bootup Configuration : /c:/config.cfg DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 214: Chapter 19 Connectivity Fault Management Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 19 Connectivity Fault Management Command List create cfm md <string 22> {md_index <uint 1-4294967295>} level <int 0-7> config cfm md [<string 22> | md_index <uint 1-4294967295>] {mip [none | auto | explicit] | sender_id [none | chassis | manage | chassis_manage]} create cfm ma <string 22>...

  • Page 215: Create Cfm Md

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-1 create cfm md Description This command is used to create a maintenance domain. Format create cfm md <string 22> {md_index <uint 1-4294967295>} level <int 0-7> Parameters md - Specifies the maintenance domain name. <string 22>...

  • Page 216: Create Cfm Ma

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <string 22> - Enter the maintenance domain name here. This name can be up to 22 characters long. md_index - Specifies the maintenance domain index. <uint 1-4294967295> - Enter the maintenance domain index value here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295.

  • Page 217: Config Cfm Ma

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide md - Specifies the maintenance domain name. <string 22> - Enter the maintenance domain name here. This name can be up to 22 characters long. md_index - Specifies the maintenance domain index. <uint 1-4294967295>...

  • Page 218: Create Cfm Mep

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide vlanid - (Optional) Specifies the VLAN Identifier. Different MAs must be associated with different VLANs. <vlanid 1-4094> - Enter the VLAN ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 4094. mip - (Optional) This is the control creation of MIPs.

  • Page 219: Config Cfm Mep

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create cfm mep <string 32> mepid <int 1-8191> md [<string 22> | md_index <uint 1- 4294967295>] ma [<string 22> | ma_index <uint 1-4294967295>] direction [inward | outward] port <port> Parameters mep - Specifies the MEP name.
  • Page 220 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide • Cross-connect CCM Received: priority 5 • Error CCM Received: priority 4 • Some Remote MEPs Down: priority 3 • Some Remote MEP MAC Status Errors: priority 2 • Some Remote MEP Defect Indications: priority 1 If multiple types of the fault occur on an MEP, only the fault with the highest priority will be alarmed.

  • Page 221: Delete Cfm Mep

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide sent. The unit is centisecond, the range is 250-1000. The default value is 250. <centisecond 250-1000> - Enter the alarm time value here. This value must be between 250 and 1000 centiseconds. alarm_reset_time - (Optional) This is the dormant duration time before a defect is triggered before the fault can be re-alarmed.

  • Page 222: Delete Cfm Ma

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To delete a CFM MEP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete cfm mep mepname mep1 Command: delete cfm mep mepname mep1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-8 delete cfm ma Description This command is used to delete a created maintenance association.

  • Page 223: Delete Cfm Md

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete cfm ma op1 md op_domain Command: delete cfm ma op1 md op_domain Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-9 delete cfm md Description This command is used to delete a previously created maintenance domain. All the MEPs and maintenance associations created in the maintenance domain will be deleted automatically.

  • Page 224: Disable Cfm

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the CFM globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable cfm Command: enable cfm Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-11 disable cfm Description This command is used to disable the CFM globally. Format disable cfm Parameters...

  • Page 225: Config Cfm Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-12 config cfm ports Description This command is used to enable or disable the CFM function on a per-port basis. By default, the CFM function is disabled on all ports. If the CFM is disabled on a port: MIPs are never created on that port.

  • Page 226: Show Cfm

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the logical port list. <portlist> - Enter the list of ports used for this configuration here. Restrictions None. Example To display the CFM ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show cfm ports 3-6 Command: show cfm ports 3-6 Port State...
  • Page 227 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the CFM configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show cfm Command: show cfm CFM State: Enabled MD Index MD Name Level ---------- ---------------------- ----- DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show cfm md MD Command: show cfm md MD MD Index MD Name : MD...

  • Page 228: Show Cfm Fault

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-45-77 MEP State : Disabled CCM State : Disabled PDU Priority Fault Alarm : Disabled Alarm Time : 250 centisecond((1/100)s) Alarm Reset Time : 1000 centisecond((1/100)s) Highest Fault : None AIS State : Disabled...

  • Page 229: Show Cfm Port

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide md_index - (Optional) Specifies the maintenance domain index. <uint 1-4294967295> - Enter the maintenance domain index value here. This value must be between 1 and 4294967295. ma - (Optional) Specifies the maintenance association name. <string 22>...

  • Page 230: Cfm Loopback

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the MEPs and MIPs created on a port: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cfm port 1 Command: show cfm port 1 MAC Address: 00-05-78-82-32-01 MD Name MA Name MEPID Level Direction VID ----------- ----------- ----- ----- --------- ---- op_domain inward...

  • Page 231: Cfm Linktrace

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide pattern - (Optional) An arbitrary amount of data to be included in a Data TLV, along with an indication whether the Data TLV is to be included. <string 1500> - Enter the pattern used here. This value can be up to 1500 characters long. pdu_priority - (Optional) The 802.1p priority to be set in the transmitted LBMs.

  • Page 232: Show Cfm Linktrace

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <string 22> - Enter the maintenance association name her. This name can be up to 22 characters long. ma_index – (Optional) Specifies the maintenance association index. <uint 1-4294967295> - Enter the maintenance association index value here. This value can be between 1 and 4294967295.
  • Page 233 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ma_index – (Optional) Specifies the maintenance association index. <uint 1-4294967295> - Enter the maintenance association index value here. This value must between 1 and 4294967295. trans_id - (Optional) Specifies the identifier of the transaction displayed. <uint>...

  • Page 234: Delete Cfm Linktrace

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 19-20 delete cfm linktrace Description This command is used to delete the stored link trace response data that have been initiated by the specified MEP. Format delete cfm linktrace {[md [<string 22> | md_index <uint 1-4294967295>] {ma [<string 22> | ma_index <uint 1-4294967295>] {mepid <int 1-8191>}} | mepname <string 32>]} Parameters md - (Optional) Specifies the maintenance domain name.
  • Page 235 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show cfm mipccm Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display MIP CCM database entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cfm mipccm Command: show cfm mipccm MAC Address Port ---------- ---- ----------------- ----- opma 01-02-03-04-05-06 opma 00-11-22-33-44-55...
  • Page 236 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config cfm mp_ltr_all enable Command: config cfm mp_ltr_all enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 19-23 show cfm mp_ltr_all Description This command is used to display the current configuration of the "all MPs reply LTRs" function. Format show cfm mp_ltr_all Parameters...
  • Page 237 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <string 32> - Enter the MEP name used here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. md – (Optional) Specifies the maintenance domain name. <string 22> - Enter the maintenance domain name her. This name can be up to 22 characters long.
  • Page 238 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the port counters to display. If not specified, all ports will be displayed. <portlist> - Enter the list of ports used for this configuration here. rx - (Optional) Specifies to display the RX counter. tx - (Optional) Specifies to display the TX counter.
  • Page 239 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cfm pkt_cnt ccm Command: show cfm pkt_cnt ccm CCM RX counters: XCON = Cross-connect CCMs Error = Error CCMs Normal = Normal CCMs MEP Name Port Level Direction XCON Error Normal ----------- ---- ----- -----...
  • Page 240 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#clear cfm pkt_cnt Command: clear cfm pkt_cnt Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#clear cfm pkt_cnt ccm Command: clear cfm pkt_cnt ccm Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 241: Chapter 20 Connectivity Fault Management (Cfm) Extension Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 20 Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) Extension Command List config cfm ais md [<string 22> | md_index <uint 1-4294967295>] ma [<string 22> | ma_index <uint 1-4294967295>] mepid <int 1-8191> {period [1sec | 1min] | level <int 0-7> | state [enable | disable]} config cfm lock md [<string 22>...

  • Page 242: Config Cfm Lock

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide mepid - The MEP ID in the MD which sends AIS frame. <int 1-8191> - Enter the MEP ID value here. This value must be between 1 and 8191. period - (Optional) The transmitting interval of AIS PDU. The default period is 1 second. 1sec - Specifies that the transmitting interval will be set to 1 second.
  • Page 243 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide md_index – (Optional) Specifies the maintenance domain index. <uint 1-4294967295> - Enter the maintenance domain index value here. This value must between 1 and 4294967295. ma - Specifies the maintenance association name. <string 22>...
  • Page 244 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <uint 1-4294967295> - Enter the maintenance domain index value here. This value must between 1 and 4294967295. ma - Specifies the maintenance association name. <string 22> - Enter the maintenance association name here. This name can be up to 22 characters long.
  • Page 245 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config cfm ccm_fwd_mode hardware Command: config cfm ccm_fwd_mode hardware Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 20-5 show cfm ccm_fwd Description This command is used to display the CCM PDUs forwarding mode. Format show cfm ccm_fwd Parameters None.

  • Page 246: Chapter 21 Cpu Interface Filtering Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 21 CPU Interface Filtering Command List create cpu access_profile profile_id <value 1-5> [ethernet {vlan | source_mac <macmask 000000000000-ffffffffffff> | destination_mac <macmask 000000000000-ffffffffffff> | 802.1p | ethernet_type} | ip {vlan | source_ip_mask <netmask> | destination_ip_mask <netmask> | dscp | [icmp {type | code} | igmp {type} | tcp {src_port_mask <hex 0x0-0xffff>...
  • Page 247 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> | offset_32-47 <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> | offset_48-63 <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> | offset_64-79 <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> <hex 0x0-0xffffffff>} | ipv6 {class | flowlabel | source_ipv6_mask <ipv6mask>...
  • Page 248 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> - Enter the mask pattern offset of the frame between 0 and 15 here. offset_16-31 - (Optional) Specifies that the mask pattern offset of the frame will be between 16 and 31.
  • Page 249 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create cpu access_profile profile_id 1 ethernet vlan source_mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 destination_mac 00-00-00-00-00-02 802.1p ethernet_type Command: create cpu access_profile profile_id 1 ethernet vlan source_mac 00-00- 00-00-00-01 destination_mac 00-00-00-00-00-02 802.1p ethernet_type Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create cpu access_profile profile_id 2 ip vlan source_ip_mask 20.0.0.0 destination_ip_mask 10.0.0.0 dscp icmp type code Command: create cpu access_profile profile_id 2 ip vlan source_ip_mask 20.0.0.0 destination_ip_mask 10.0.0.0 dscp icmp type code...
  • Page 250 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config cpu access_profile profile_id <value 1-5> [add access_id [auto_assign | <value 1- 100>] [ethernet {[vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlan_id <vlanid 1-4094>] | source_mac <macaddr> | destination_mac <macaddr> | 802.1p <value 0-7> | ethernet_type <hex 0x0-0xffff>} | ip {[vlan <vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 251 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide destination_ip - (Optional) Specifies an IP destination address. <ipaddr> - Enter the destination IP address used for this configuration here. mask - (Optional) Specifies the mask. <netmask> - Specifies the mask. dscp - (Optional) Specifies the value of DSCP, the value can be configured 0 to 63.
  • Page 252 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <hex 0x0-0xffffffff> - Enter the mask pattern offset of the frame between 16 and 31 here. offset_32-47 - (Optional) Specifies that the mask pattern offset of the frame will be between 32 and 47.
  • Page 253 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide delete - Specifies to delete a rule from the profile ID entered. access_id - Specifies the index of access list entry. The range of this value is 1-100. <value 1-100> - Enter the access ID here. This value must be between 1 and 100. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 254 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 21-5 disable cpu interface filtering Description This command is used to disable CPU interface filtering control. Format disable cpu_interface_filtering Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable cpu_interface_filtering: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable cpu_interface_filtering Command: disable cpu_interface_filtering...
  • Page 255 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show cpu access_profile Command: show cpu access_profile CPU Interface Filtering State: Disabled CPU Interface Access Profile Table Total Unused Rule Entries : 497 Total Used Rule Entries ============================================================================== Profile ID: 1 Type: IPv6 MASK on Source IPv6 Addr : FFFF:FFFF:FFFF::...
  • Page 256 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Unused Rule Entries: 99 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Rule ID : 1 Ports: 1-24 Match on Source MAC : 00-00-22-B0-61-51 Action: Deny ============================================================================== ============================================================================== Profile ID: 4 Type: User Defined MASK on Offset 0-15 : 0xFFF000FF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF Offset 16-31 : 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFF00FFFF 0xFFFFFFFF Offset 32-47 : 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0x000FFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF Offset 48-63 : 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFF000 0xFFFFFFFF...

  • Page 257: Chapter 22 Debug Software Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 22 Debug Software Command List debug error_log [dump | clear | upload_toTFTP <ipaddr> <path_filename 64>] debug buffer [utilization | dump | clear | upload_toTFTP <ipaddr> <path_filename 64>] debug output [module <module_list> | all] [buffer | console] debug config error_reboot [enable | disable] debug config state [enable | disable] debug show arpunresolved_list...

  • Page 258: Debug Buffer

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug error_log dump Command: debug error_log dump ************************************************************************** # debug log: 1 # level: fatal # clock: 10000ms # time : 2009/03/11 13:00:00 ====================== SOFTWARE FATAL ERROR ======================= Invalid mutex handle : 806D6480 Current TASK : bcmARL.0 ------------------------- TASK STACKTRACE ------------------------ ->802ACE98...
  • Page 259 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug buffer [utilization | dump | clear | upload_toTFTP <ipaddr> <path_filename 64>] Parameters utilization - Display the debug buffer’s state. dump - Display the debug message in the debug buffer. clear - Clear the debug buffer.

  • Page 260: Debug Output

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-3 debug output Description This command is use to set a specified module’s debug message output to debug buffer or local console. If the user uses the command in a TELNET session, the error message also is output to the local console.

  • Page 261: Debug Config State

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To set the Switch to not need a reboot when a fatal error occurs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug config error_reboot disable Command: debug config error_reboot disable Success.
  • Page 262 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format debug show arpunresolved_list Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To debug the ARP unresolved list: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#debug show arpunresolved_list Command: debug show arpunresolved_list Unresolved ARP list IP Address last_send send_int send_cnt flag --------------- --------- --------...

  • Page 263: Debug Show Status

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#debug show error_reboot state Command: debug show error_reboot state Error Reboot: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-8 debug show status Description This command is used to display the debug handler’s state and to specify the module’s debug status.
  • Page 264 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#debug show status Command: debug show status Debug Global State : Disabled MSTP : Disabled IMPB : Disabled VRRP : Disabled ERPS : Disabled WLAN : Disabled : Disabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 22-9 debug address_binding Description This command is used to start the IMPB debug when the IMPB module receives an ARP/IP packet...

  • Page 265: Debug Stp Config Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 22-10 no debug address_binding Description This command is used to stop the IMPB debug starting when the IMPB module receives an ARP/IP packet or a DHCP packet. Format no debug address_binding Parameters None.

  • Page 266: Debug Stp Show Information

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide detail - Sets the debug level to detail. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure all STP debug flags to brief level on all ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug stp config ports all state brief Command: debug stp config ports all state brief Warning: only support local device.

  • Page 267: Debug Stp Show Flag

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Port 7 : FOR Port 8 : FOR Port 9 : FOR Port 10: FOR Port 11: FOR Port 12: Port 13: FOR Port 14: FOR Port 15: FOR Port 16: FOR Port 17: FOR Port 18: Port 19: FOR...

  • Page 268: Debug Stp Show Counter

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Command: debug stp show flag Warning: only support local device. Global State: Enabled Port Index Event Flag BPDU Flag State Machine Flag ---------------------------------------------------------- Brief Brief Brief Brief Brief Brief Brief Brief Brief Brief Brief...

  • Page 269: Debug Stp Clear Counter

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To display the STP counters for port 9: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug stp show counter ports 9 Command: debug stp show counter ports 9 STP Counters -------------------------------------- Port 9 Receive:...

  • Page 270: Debug Stp State

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To clear all STP counters on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# debug stp clear counter ports all Command: debug stp clear counter ports all Warning: only support local device. Success.
  • Page 271 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide...

  • Page 272: Chapter 23 Dhcp Local Relay Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 23 DHCP Local Relay Command List config dhcp_local_relay vlan <vlan_name 32> state [enable | disable] config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid <vlan_id> state [enable | disable] enable dhcp_local_relay disable dhcp_local_relay show dhcp_local_relay 23-1 config dhcp_local_relay Description...
  • Page 273 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 23-2 config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid Description This command is used to enable or disable DHCP local relay function for specified VLAN ID. Format config dhcp_local_relay vlan vlanid <vlan_id> state [enable | disable] Parameters vlanid - Specifies the VLAN ID that the DHCP local relay function will be enabled.
  • Page 274 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the DHCP local relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable dhcp_local_relay Command: enable dhcp_local_relay Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 23-4 disable dhcp_local_relay Description This command is use to globally disable the DHCP local relay function on the Switch. Format disable dhcp_local_relay Parameters...
  • Page 275 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display local dhcp relay status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dhcp_local_relay Command: show dhcp_local_relay DHCP/BOOTP Local Relay Status : Enabled DHCP/BOOTP Local Relay VID List DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 276: Chapter 24 Dhcp Relay Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 24 DHCP Relay Command List config dhcp_relay {hops <int 1-16> | time <sec 0-65535>} config dhcp_relay add ipif <ipif_name 12> <ipaddr> config dhcp_relay delete ipif <ipif_name 12> <ipaddr> config dhcp_relay option_82 check [enable | disable] config dhcp_relay option_82 policy [replace | drop | keep] config dhcp_relay option_82 remote_id [default | user_define <desc 32>] config dhcp_relay option_82 state [enable | disable]...
  • Page 277 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the DHCP relay hops and time parameters: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay hops 4 time 2 Command: config dhcp_relay hops 4 time 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-2 config dhcp_relay add Description This command is use to add an IP destination address to the Switch’s DHCP relay table.
  • Page 278 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ipif - The name of the IP interface which contains the IP address below. <ipif_name 12> - Enter the IP interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long.
  • Page 279 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_82 check disable Command: config dhcp_relay option_82 check disable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-5 config dhcp_relay option_82 policy Description This command is used to configure the policy of the DHCP Option 82 for the DHCP relay function. Format config dhcp_relay option_82 policy [replace | drop | keep] Parameters...
  • Page 280 Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the remote ID of the DHCP Option 82 for the DHCP relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config dhcp_relay option_82 remote_id user_define "D-Link Switch" Command: config dhcp_relay option_82 remote_id user_define "D-Link Switch" Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-7 config dhcp_relay option_82 state Description This command is used to configure the state of the DHCP Option 82 for the DHCP relay function.
  • Page 281 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the state of the DHCP Option 82 for the DHCP relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_82 state enable Command: config dhcp_relay option_82 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-8 enable dhcp_relay Description This command is use to enable the DHCP relay function on the Switch.
  • Page 282 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable the DHCP relay function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable dhcp_relay Command: disable dhcp_relay Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-10 show dhcp_relay Description This command is use to display the current DHCP relay configuration.
  • Page 283 DHCP Relay Agent Information Option 82 State : Enabled DHCP Relay Agent Information Option 82 Check : Disabled DHCP Relay Agent Information Option 82 Policy : Replace DHCP Relay Agent Information Option 82 Remote ID : "D-Link Switch" Interface Server 1 Server 2 Server 3...
  • Page 284 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide If the relay servers are not determined either by Option 60 or Option 61, then per IPIF configured servers will be used to determine the relay servers. Format config dhcp_relay option_60 state [enable | disable] Parameters state - Specifies that the DHCP relay function should use the Option 60 rule to relay the DHCP packets.
  • Page 285 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the DHCP relay Option 60 option: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_60 add string "abc" relay 10.90.90.1 exact-match Command: config dhcp_relay option_60 add string "abc" relay 10.90.90.1 exact- match Success.
  • Page 286 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config dhcp_relay option_60 default mode drop Command: config dhcp_relay option_60 default mode drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-14 config dhcp_relay option_60 delete Description This command is use to delete a DHCP relay Option 60 entry. Format config dhcp_relay option_60 delete [string <multiword 255>...
  • Page 287 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show dhcp_relay option_60 {[string <multiword 255> | ipaddress <ipaddr> | default]} Parameters string - (Optional) Display the entry which’s string equal the string of specified. <multiword 255> - Enter the entry's string value here. This value can be up to 255 characters long.
  • Page 288 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcp_relay option_61 state [enable | disable] Parameters state - Specifies whether the DHCP relay Option 61 is enabled or disabled. enable - Enables the function DHCP relay use Option 61 ruler to relay DHCP packet. disable - Disables the function DHCP relay use Option 61 ruler to relay DHCP packet.
  • Page 289 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the DHCP relay Option 61 function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config dhcp_relay option_61 add mac_address 00-11-22-33- 44-55 drop Command: config dhcp_relay option_61 add mac_address 00-11-22-33-44-55 drop Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 24-18 config dhcp_relay option_61 default...
  • Page 290 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config dhcp_relay option_61 delete [mac_address <macaddr> | string <desc_long 255> | all] Parameters mac_address - The entry with the specified MAC address will be deleted. <macaddr> - Enter the MAC address here. string - The entry with the specified string will be deleted.
  • Page 291 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show dhcp_relay option_61 Command: show dhcp_relay option_61 Default Relay Rule: 10.90.90.200 Matching Rules: Client-ID Type Relay Rule ---------------------- ----------- ---------------- String Drop abcde String 10.90.90.1 00-11-22-33-44-55 MAC Address Drop Total Entries: 3 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 292: Chapter 25 Dhcp Server Screening Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 25 DHCP Server Screening Command List config filter dhcp_server [add permit server_ip <ipaddr> {client_mac <macaddr>} ports [<portlist> | all] | delete permit server_ip <ipaddr> {client_mac <macaddr>} ports [<portlist> | all] | ports [<portlist> | all] state [enable | disable] | illegal_server_log_suppress_duration [1min | 5min | 30min] | trap_log [enable | disable]] show filter dhcp_server 25-1...
  • Page 293 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <ipaddr> - Enter the DHCP server IP address here. client_mac - (Optional) The MAC address of the DHCP client. <macaddr> - Enter the DHCP client MAC address here. ports - The port number of filter DHCP server. <portlist>...
  • Page 294 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the DHCP server/client filter list created on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show filter dhcp_server Command: show filter dhcp_server Enabled Ports: 1-10 Trap & Log State: Disabled Illegal Server Log Suppress Duration:5 minutes Filter DHCP Server/Client Table Server IP Address Client MAC Address Port...

  • Page 295: Chapter 26 D-Link License Management System (Dlms) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 26 D-Link License Management System (DLMS) Command List install dlms activation_code <string 25> show dlms license 26-1 install dlms activation_code Description This command is used to install a DLMS activation code. The activation code is a set of codes which activates and unlocks extra functions on the Switch.
  • Page 296 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 26-2 show dlms license Description This command is used to display the license information. Format show dlms license Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display license information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dlms license Command: show dlms license License Model Activation Code Time Remaining...

  • Page 297: Chapter 27 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (Erps) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 27 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) Command List enable erps disable erps create erps raps_vlan <vlanid> delete erps raps_vlan <vlanid> config erps raps_vlan <vlanid> [state [enable | disable] | ring_mel <value 0-7> | ring_port [west [<port>...
  • Page 298 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable erps Command: enable erps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 27-2 disable erps Description This command is used to disable the global ERPS function on a Switch. Format disable erps Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 299 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters raps_vlan - Specifies the VLAN which will be the R-APS VLAN. <vlanid> - Enter the VLAN ID used here. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To create an R-APS VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create erps raps_vlan 100 Command: create erps raps_vlan 100...
  • Page 300 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 27-5 config erps raps_vlan Description This command is used to configure the ERPS R-APS VLAN settings. The ring MEL is one field in the R-APS PDU. NOTE: If CFM (Connectivity Fault Management) and ERPS are used at the same time, the R-APS PDU is one of a suite of Ethernet OAM PDU.
  • Page 301 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide WTR timer - WTR timer is used to prevent frequent operation of the protection Switch due to an intermittent defect. This timer is used during the protection switching process when a link failure recovers.
  • Page 302 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide enable - Specifies the device as an RPL owner node. disable - This node is not an RPL owner. By default, the RPS owner is disabled. protected_vlan - Specifies to add or delete the protected VLAN group. add - Add VLANs to the protected VLAN group.
  • Page 303 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config erps raps_vlan 100 ring_port west 5 Command: config erps raps_vlan 100 ring_port west 5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the RPL port or the RPL owner for a specific R-APS VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config erps raps_vlan 100 rpl_port west Command: config erps raps_vlan 100 rpl_port west Success.
  • Page 304 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 27-6 config erps log Description This command is used to configure the log state of ERPS events. Format config erps log [enable | disable] Parameters log - Specifies to enable or disable the ERPS log state. enable - Enter enable to enable the log state.
  • Page 305 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the trap state of the ERPS: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config erps trap enable Command: config erps trap enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 27-8 show erps Description This command is used to display ERPS configuration and operation information. The port state of the ring port may be as "Forwarding", "Blocking", "Signal Fail".
  • Page 306 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show erps Command: show erps Global Status : Enabled Log Status : Enabled Trap Status : Enabled ------------------------------------ R-APS VLAN ERPS Status : Enabled Admin West Port : 11 Operational West Port : 11 (Signal Fail) Admin East Port...

  • Page 307: Chapter 28 Filter Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 28 Filter Command List config filter netbios [<portlist> | all] state [enable | disable] show filter netbios config filter extensive_netbios [<portlist> | all] state [enable | disable] show filter extensive_netbios 28-1 config filter netbios Description...
  • Page 308 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the DHCP server/client filter list created on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show filter netbios Command: show filter netbios Enabled Ports: 1-10 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 28-3 config filter extensive_netbios Description This command is used to configure the Switch to filter NETBIOS packets over 802.3 flame on the specific ports.
  • Page 309 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 28-4 show filter extensive_netbios Description This command is used to display the extensive netbios state on the Switch. Format show filter extensive_netbios Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the extensive state created on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show filter extensive_netbios Command: show filter extensive_netbios Enabled Ports: 1-10...

  • Page 310: Chapter 29 Filter Database (Fdb) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 29 Filter Database (FDB) Command List create fdb <vlan_name 32> <macaddr> [port <port> | drop] create fdb vlanid <vidlist> <macaddr> [port <port> | drop] create multicast_fdb <vlan_name 32> <macaddr> config multicast_fdb <vlan_name 32> <macaddr> [add | delete] <portlist> config fdb aging_time <sec 10-1000000>...

  • Page 311: Create Fdb Vlanid

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-02 port 5 Command: create fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-02 port 5 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To filter a unicast MAC: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-03 drop Command: create fdb default 00-00-00-00-01-03 drop Success.
  • Page 312 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create fdb vlanid 1 00-00-00-00-01-05 drop Command: create fdb vlanid 1 00-00-00-00-01-05 drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 29-3 create multicast_fdb Description This command is used to create a static entry in the multicast MAC address forwarding table (database).
  • Page 313 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide name length is 32. <macaddr> - The MAC address that will be added or deleted to the forwarding table. add - Specifies to add ports to the multicast forwarding table. delete - Specifies to remove ports from the multicast forwarding table. <portlist>...

  • Page 314: Delete Fdb

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config fdb aging_time 600 Command: config fdb aging_time 600 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 29-6 config multicast vlan_filtering_mode Description This command is used to configure the multicast packet filtering mode for VLANs. The registered group will be forwarded to the range of ports in the multicast forwarding database.

  • Page 315: Clear Fdb

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete fdb <vlan_name 32> <macaddr> Parameters <vlan_name 32> - The name of the VLAN on which the MAC address resides. The maximum name length is 32. <macaddr> - The multicast MAC address to be deleted from the static forwarding table. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 316 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To clear all FDB dynamic entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear fdb all Command: clear fdb all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 29-9 show multicast_fdb Description This command is used to display the multicast forwarding database of the Switch. Format show multicast_fdb {[vlan <vlan_name 32>...

  • Page 317: Show Fdb

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 29-10 show fdb Description This command is used to display the current unicast MAC address forwarding database. Format show fdb {[port <port> | vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vidlist> | mac_address <macaddr> | static | aging_time | security | tunnel]} Parameters port - (Optional) Displays the entries for a specified port.
  • Page 318 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show fdb security Command: show fdb security MAC Address Port Type Status Security Module ---- ----------------- ----- ------- ------- -------------------------------- 00-00-00-00-01-02 5 Static Forward Compound Authentication 00-00-00-00-01-04 5 Static Forward Compound Authentication Total Entries: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 29-11 show multicast vlan_filtering_mode...
  • Page 319 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show multicast vlan_filtering_mode Command: show multicast vlan_filtering_mode VLAN ID/VLAN Name Multicast Filter Mode ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------- /default forward_unregistered_groups forward_unregistered_groups forward_unregistered_groups 100 /guestVLAN forward_all_groups DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 320: Chapter 30 Flash File System (Ffs) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 30 Flash File System (FFS) Command List show storage_media_info change drive <drive_id> md <pathname 64> rd <pathname 64> cd {<pathname 64>} dir {<pathname 64>} rename <pathname 64> <filename 64> del <pathname 64> {recursive} erase <pathname 64>...

  • Page 321: Change Drive

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 30-2 change drive Description This command is used to change the current drive. Format change drive <drive_id> Parameters <drive_id> - Specifies the drive ID. The format of drive_id is C:/, D:/ etc. Restrictions None.
  • Page 322 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To make a directory: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# md c:/abc Command: md c:/abc Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 30-4 Description This command is used to remove a directory. If there are files still existing in the directory, this command will fail and return error message.
  • Page 323 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format cd {<pathname 64>} Parameters <pathname 64> - (Optional) Specifies the directory to be removed. The path name can be specified either as a full path name or partial name. For partial path name, it indicates the file is in the current directory.
  • Page 324 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#dir Command: dir Directory of /c: Idx Info Attr Size Update Time Name --- ------- ---- -------- ------------------- ---------------- 1 CFG(*) -rw- 80878 2000/01/28 23:17:20 config.cfg drw- 0 2000/01/01 00:09:17 wireless 3 RUN(*) -rw- 8235804 2000/01/21 03:32:05 runtime.had...
  • Page 325 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 30-8 Description This command is used to delete a file, either physically or softly. It is also used to delete a directory and its contents. If two files with the same name under the same directory are softly deleted sequentially, only the last one will exist.
  • Page 326 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#dir Command: dir Directory of /c: Idx Info Attr Size Update Time Name --- ------- ---- -------- ------------------- ---------------- drw- 0 2000/01/15 03:55:26 12 2 CFG(*) -rw- 77149 2000/01/15 03:26:52 config.cfg drw- 0 2000/01/01 00:09:17 wireless 4 RUN(*)
  • Page 327 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <pathname 64> - Specifies the file to be deleted. If it is specified in the associated form, then it is related to the current directory. This name can be up to 64 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command.
  • Page 328 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 30-10 move Description This command is used to move a file around the file system. NOTE: When a file is moved, it can be renames at the same time too. Format move <pathname 64>...
  • Page 329 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide This name can be up to 64 characters long. <pathname 64> - Specifies the file to copy to. The path name can be specified either as a full path name or partial name. For partial path name, it indicates the file is in the current directory. This name can be up to 64 characters long.
  • Page 330 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#format d: fat32 aaaa Command: format d: fat32 aaaa Formatting......Done Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 331: Chapter 31 Gratuitous Arp Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 31 Gratuitous ARP Command List config gratuitous_arp send ipif_status_up [enable | disable] config gratuitous_arp send dup_ip_detected [enable | disable] config gratuitous_arp learning [enable | disable] config gratuitous_arp send periodically ipif <ipif_name 12> interval <value 0-65535> enable gratuitous_arp {ipif <ipif_name 12>} {trap | log}(1) disable gratuitous_arp {ipif <ipif_name 12>} {trap | log}(1) show gratuitous_arp {ipif <ipif_name>}...
  • Page 332 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide match the system’s own IP address. In this case, the system knows that somebody out there uses an IP address that is conflict with the system. In order to reclaim the correct host of this IP address, the system can send out the gratuitous ARP request packet for this duplicate IP address.
  • Page 333 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To display the global Gratuitous ARP state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config gratuitous_arp learning enable Command: config gratuitous_arp learning enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 31-4 config gratuitous_arp send periodically Description The command is used to configure the interval for periodical sending of gratuitous ARP request...
  • Page 334 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 31-5 enable gratuitous_arp Description The command is used to enable gratuitous ARP trap and log state. The Switch can trap and log the IP conflict event to inform the administrator. By default, trap is disabled and event log is enabled.
  • Page 335 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide log - (Optional) Specifies to disable the log function. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable system interface’s gratuitous ARP log and trap: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable gratuitous_arp ipif System trap log Command: disable gratuitous_arp ipif System trap log Success.
  • Page 336 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show gratuitous_arp Command: show gratuitous_arp Send on IPIF Status Up : Enabled Send on Duplicate IP Detected : Enabled Gratuitous ARP Learning : Enabled IP Interface Name : Inter2 Gratuitous ARP Trap : Disabled Gratuitous ARP Log : Enabled...

  • Page 337: Chapter 32 Igmp Snooping Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 32 IGMP Snooping Command List config igmp_snooping [vlan_name <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list> | all] {state [enable | disable] | fast_leave [enable | disable] | report_suppression [enable | disable]}(1) config igmp_snooping rate_limit [ports <portlist> | vlanid <vlanid_list>] [<value 1-1000> | no_limit] config igmp_snooping querier [vlan_name <vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 338 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide long. vlanid - Specifies the VLAN ID for which IGMP snooping is to be configured. <vlanid_list> - Enter the VLAN ID here. all - Specifies to use all configured VLANs. state - (Optional) Enable or disable IGMP snooping for the chosen VLAN. enable - Enter enable to enable IGMP snooping for the chosen VLAN.
  • Page 339 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide specific port/VLAN. The rate is specified in packets per second. The packets that exceed the limit will be dropped. no_limit - Configure the rate of the IGMP control packet to be unlimited that the Switch can process on a specific port/VLAN.
  • Page 340 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide subnet. The value of the robustness variable is used in calculating the following IGMP message intervals: <value 1-7> - Enter the robustness variable value here. This value must be between 1 and 7. By default, the robustness variable is set to 2.
  • Page 341 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 32-4 config router_ports Description This command is used to designate a range of ports as being connected to multicast-enabled routers. This will ensure that all packets with such a router as its destination will reach the multicast-enabled router, regardless of protocol.
  • Page 342 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide add - Specifies to add the router ports. delete - Specifies to delete the router ports. <portlist> - Specifies a range of ports to be configured. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To set up port range 1-10 to forbidden router ports of default VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config router_ports_forbidden default add 20...
  • Page 343 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 32-7 disable igmp_snooping Description This command is used to disable IGMP snooping on the Switch. Disabling IGMP snooping allows all IGMP and IP multicast traffic to flood within a given IP interface. NOTE: Disabling IGMP snooping will also disable the forward multicast router only function.
  • Page 344 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The VLAN must be created first before a static group can be created. Format create igmp_snooping static_group [vlan<vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list>] <ipaddr> Parameters vlan - Specifies the name of the VLAN on which the router port resides. <vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 345 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an IGMP snooping static group for VLAN 1, group 239.1.1.1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete igmp_snooping static_group vlanid 2 239.1.1.1 Command: delete igmp_snooping static_group vlanid 2 239.1.1.1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-10 config igmp_snooping static_group Description This command is used to configure an IGMP snooping static group.
  • Page 346 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping static_group vlan v2 239.1.1.1 delete Command: config igmp_snooping static_group vlan v2 239.1.1.1 delete 24 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-11 show igmp_snooping static_group Description This command is used to display the IGMP snooping multicast group static members. Format show igmp_snooping static_group {[vlan <vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 347 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide not activated by IGMP membership registration, but activated by the traffic. For an ordinary IGMP snooping entry, the IGMP protocol will take care of the aging out of the entry. For a data-driven entry, the entry can be specified not to be aged out or to be aged out by the aged timer.
  • Page 348 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning vlan v2 state enable Command: config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning vlan_name v2 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-13 config igmp_snooping data_driven_learning max_learned_entry Description This command is used to configure the maximum number of groups that can be learned by data driven.
  • Page 349 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear igmp_snooping data_driven_group [all | [vlan_name <vlan_name> | vlanid <vlanid_list>] [<ipaddr> | all]] Parameters all - Specifies all VLANs to which IGMP snooping groups will be deleted. vlan_name - Specifies the VLAN name. <vlan_name>...
  • Page 350 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display IGMP snooping: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping Command: show igmp_snooping IGMP Snooping Global State : Enabled Data Driven Learning Max Entries : 50 VLAN Name : default Query Interval : 125 Max Response Time : 10 Robustness Value...
  • Page 351 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the IGMP snooping rate limit for ports 1 to 5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping rate_limit ports 1-5 Command: show igmp_snooping rate_limit ports 1-5 Port Rate Limit -------- --------------- No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit...
  • Page 352 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping group Command: show igmp_snooping group Source/Group : NULL/239.1.1.1 VLAN Name/VID : v2/2 Member Ports : 23 UP Time : 445 Expiry Time : 87 Filter Mode : EXCLUDE Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-18 show igmp_snooping forwarding Description...
  • Page 353 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping forwarding Command: show igmp_snooping forwarding VLAN Name : v2 Source IP Multicast Group : 239.1.1.1 Port Member : 23 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 32-19 show router_ports Description This command is used to display the configured router ports on the Switch. Format show router_ports {[vlan <vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 354 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show router_ports all Command: show router_ports all VLAN Name : default Static Router Port : 1-10 Dynamic Router Port Router IP Forbidden Router Port : 20 VLAN Name : v2 Static Router Port Dynamic Router Port Router IP Forbidden Router Port...
  • Page 355 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the IGMP snooping statistics counter: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 Command: show igmp_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 VLAN Name : v2 -------------------------------------------------- Group Number Receive Statistics Query IGMP v1 Query IGMP v2 Query IGMP v3 Query...
  • Page 356 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping statistic counter ports 1 Command: show igmp_snooping statistic counter ports 1 Port # -------------------------------------------------- Group Number Receive Statistics Query IGMP v1 Query IGMP v2 Query IGMP v3 Query Total Dropped By Rate Limitation Dropped By Multicast VLAN Report &...
  • Page 357 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear igmp_snooping statistic counter Command: clear igmp_snooping statistic counter Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 358: Chapter 33 Igmp Snooping Multicast (Ism) Vlan Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 33 IGMP Snooping Multicast (ISM) VLAN Command List create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan <vlan_name 32> <vlanid 2-4094> {remap_priority [<value 0-7> | none] {replace_priority}} config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan <vlan_name 32> {[add | delete] [member_port <portlist> | [source_port <portlist>...
  • Page 359 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide will be used. This is the default setting. replace_priority - (Optional) Specifies that the packet’s priority will be changed by the Switch, based on the remap priority. This flag will only take effect when the remap priority is set. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 360 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide changed to the multicast VLAN. Source ports must be either tagged or untagged for any single multicast VLAN, i.e. both types cannot be members of the same multicast VLAN. <portlist> - Enter the list of port to be configured here. state - (Optional) Used to Specifies if the multicast VLAN for a chosen VLAN should be enabled or disabled.
  • Page 361 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an IGMP snooping multicast group profile with the name “IGroup”: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup Command: create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33-4 config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to configure an IGMP snooping multicast group profile on the Switch and add or delete multicast addresses for the profile.
  • Page 362 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup add 225.1.1.1, 225.1.1.10-225.1.1.20 Command: config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile IGroup add 225.1.1.1, 225.1.1.10-225.1.1.20 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33-5 delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to delete an IGMP snooping multicast group profile from the Switch. Format delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile [profile_name <profile_name 1-32>...
  • Page 363 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <profile_name 1-32> - (Optional) Enter the multicast VLAN group profile name here. The name can be up to 32 characters long. If no parameter is specified, then all IGMP snooping multicast VLAN group profiles will be displayed.
  • Page 364 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <vlan_name 32> - Enter the multicast VLAN name here. The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long. add – Specifies to associate an IGMP snooping profile to a multicast VLAN. delete –...
  • Page 365 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group Command: show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group VLAN Name VLAN ID Multicast Group Profiles ------------------------------- ------- --------------------------------- IGroup DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33-9 delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Description This command is used to delete an IGMP snooping multicast VLAN. Format delete igmp_snooping multicast_vlan <vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 366 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the IGMP snooping multicast VLAN function globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Command: enable igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 33-11 disable igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Description This command is used to disable the IGMP snooping multicast VLAN function.
  • Page 367 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 33-12 config igmp_snooping multicast_vlan forward_unmatched Description This command is used to configure the forwarding mode for IGMP multicast VLAN unmatched packets. When the Switch receives an IGMP snooping packet, it will match the packet against the multicast profile to determine which multicast VLAN to associate with it.
  • Page 368 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display all IGMP snooping multicast VLAN entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan Command: show igmp_snooping multicast_vlan IGMP Multicast VLAN Global State : Enabled IGMP Multicast VLAN Forward Unmatched : Disabled VLAN Name :mv1 Member(Untagged) Ports...

  • Page 369: Chapter 34 Ip-Mac-Port Binding (Impb) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 34 IP-MAC-Port Binding (IMPB) Command List config address_binding ip_mac ports [<portlist> | all] {arp_inspection [strict | loose | disable] | ip_inspection [enable | disable] | protocol [ipv4] | allow_zeroip [enable | disable] | forward_dhcppkt [enable | disable] | stop_learning_threshold <int 0-500>} create address_binding ip_mac ipaddress <ipaddr>...
  • Page 370 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide disable - Disable IP inspection function. The default value is disabled. protocol - (Optional) Specifies the version used. ipv4 - Only IPv4 packets will be checked. allow_zeroip - (Optional) Specifies whether to allow ARP packets with a source IP address of 0.0.0.0.
  • Page 371 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <macaddr> - Enter the MAC address used here. ports - (Optional) Specifies the portlist the entry will apply to. If not ports are specified, the settings will be applied to all ports. <portlist>...
  • Page 372 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete address_binding blocked vlan_name v31 mac_address 00-00-00-00-00-11 Command: delete address_binding blocked vlan_name v31 mac_address 00-00-00-00- 00-11 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-4 delete address_binding ip_mac Description This command is used to delete an IMPB entry from the address binding database. Format delete address_binding ip_mac [all | ipaddress <ipaddr>...
  • Page 373 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config address_binding ip_mac ipaddress <ipaddr> mac_address <macaddr> {ports [<portlist> | all]} Parameters ipaddress - Specifies the IP address of the entry being updated. <ipaddr> - Enter the IP address used here. mac_address - Specifies the MAC address of the entry being updated <macaddr>...
  • Page 374 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the IMPB global configuration: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show address_binding Command: show address_binding Trap/Log : Disabled DHCP Snoop : Disabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the IMPB ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show address_binding ports Command: show address_binding ports ARP: ARP Inspection IP: IP Inspection Port...
  • Page 375 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters blocked - Specifies the addresses in the database that the system has auto learned and blocked. all - Specifies that all the MAC addresses will be used. vlan_name - Specifies the name of the VLAN to which the blocked MAC address belongs. <vlan_name>...
  • Page 376 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ip_mac -Specifies the user created IMPB database. all - Specifies that all the IP addresses will be used. ipaddress - Specifies the learned IP address of the entry in the database. <ipaddr>...
  • Page 377 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide bound to MAC Y, and then it is conflict. When the DHCP snooping learned entry binds with the static configured entry, and the DHCP snooping learned entry will not be created. In a situation where the same IMPB pair has been statically configured, the auto-learned entry will not be created.
  • Page 378 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable DHCP IPv4 snooping mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable address_binding dhcp_snoop Command: disable address_binding dhcp_snoop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-11 clear address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry ports Description This command is used to clear the DHCP snooping entries learned for the specified ports. Format clear address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 379 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters max_entry - (Optional) To display the maximum number of entries per port. ports - Specifies the ports used for this configuration. <portlist> - Enter a list of ports used here. If no parameters are specified, display DHCP snooping displays the enable/disable state.
  • Page 380 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 34-13 show address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry Description This command is used to display the DHCP snooping binding entries. Format show address_binding dhcp_snoop binding_entry {port <port>} Parameters port – (Optional) Specifies the port used for this configuration. <port>...
  • Page 381 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the list of ports you would like to set the maximum number of entries that can be learned. <portlist> - Enter the list of ports used here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used.
  • Page 382 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable address_binding trap_log Command: enable address_binding trap_log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 34-16 disable address_binding trap_log Description This command is used to disable the IMPB traps and logs. Format disable address_binding trap_log Parameters None.
  • Page 383 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To recover IMPB checking for ports 6 to 7: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config address_binding recover_learning ports 6-7 Command: config address_binding recover_learning ports 6-7 Success.

  • Page 384: Chapter 35 Ipv6 Neighbor Discover Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 35 IPv6 Neighbor Discover Command List create ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif <ipif_name 12> <ipv6addr> <macaddr> delete ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif [<ipif_name 12> | all] [<ipv6addr> | static | dynamic | all] show ipv6 neighbor_cache ipif [<ipif_name 12> | all] [ipv6address <ipv6addr> | static | dynamic | all] config ipv6 nd ns ipif <ipif_name 12>...
  • Page 385 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 35-2 delete ipv6 neighbor_cache Description This command is used to delete a neighbor cached entry or static neighbor cache entries from the address cache or all address cache entries on this IP interface. Both static and dynamic entries can be deleted.
  • Page 386 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <ipif_name 12> - Enter the IP interface name here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. all - Specifies that all the interface will be displayed. ipv6address - The neighbor’s address. <ipv6addr>...

  • Page 387: Show Ipv6 Nd

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the retrans_time of IPv6 ND neighbor solicitation: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config ipv6 nd ns ipif System retrans_time 1000000 Command: config ipv6 nd ns ipif System retrans_time 1000000 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 35-5 show ipv6 nd Description This command is used to display information regarding neighbor detection on the Switch.

  • Page 388: Chapter 36 Ipv6 Route Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 36 IPv6 Route Command List create ipv6route [default] [<ipif_name 12> <ipv6addr> |<ipv6addr>] {<metric 1-65535>} {[primary | backup]} delete ipv6route [default] [<ipif_name 12> <ipv6addr> | <ipv6addr> | all] show ipv6route 36-1 create ipv6route Description This command is used to create an IPv6 default route.

  • Page 389: Delete Ipv6Route

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 36-2 delete ipv6route Description This command is used to delete an IPv6 static route. If the next hop is a global address, it is not needed to indicate the interface name. If the next hop is a link local address, then the interface name must be specified.
  • Page 390 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example Display all the IPv6 routes: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipv6route Command: show ipv6route IPv6 Prefix: ::/0 Protocol: Static Metric: 1 Next Hop : 3001::254 IPIF : System Backup : Primary Status : Inactive Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 391: Chapter 37 Jumbo Frame Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 37 Jumbo Frame Command List enable jumbo_frame disable jumbo_frame show jumbo_frame 37-1 enable jumbo_frame Description This command is used to configure the jumbo frame setting as enable. Format enable jumbo_frame Parameters None.
  • Page 392 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable the Jumbo frame: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable jumbo_frame Command: disable jumbo_frame Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 37-3 show jumbo_frame Description This command is used to display the current configuration of jumbo frame. Format show jumbo_frame Parameters...

  • Page 393: Chapter 38 Link Aggregation Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 38 Link Aggregation Command List create link_aggregation group_id <value 1-32> {type [lacp | static]} delete link_aggregation group_id <value 1-32> config link_aggregation group_id <value 1-32> {master_port <port> | ports <portlist> | state [enabled | disabled]} config link_aggregation algorithm [mac_source | mac_destination | mac_source_dest | ip_source | ip_destination | ip_source_dest | l4_src_port | l4_dest_port | l4_src_dest_port]...
  • Page 394 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 38-2 delete link_aggregation group_id Description This command is used to delete a configured link aggregation group. Format delete link_aggregation group_id <value 1-32> Parameters group_id - Specifies the group id. The group number identifies each of the groups. <value 1-32>...
  • Page 395 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <portlist> - Enter the list of port used for the configuration here. state - (Optional) Allows you to enable or disable the specified link aggregation group. If not specified, the group will keep the previous state, the default state is disabled. If configure LACP group, the ports’...
  • Page 396 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure link aggregation algorithm for MAC-Source-Dest: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config link_aggregation algorithm mac_source_dest Command: config link_aggregation algorithm mac_source_dest Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 38-5 show link_aggregation Description This command is used to display the current link aggregation configuration on the Switch. Format show link_aggregation {group_id <value 1-32>...
  • Page 397 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show link_aggregation Command: show link_aggregation Link Aggregation Algorithm = MAC-Source-Dest Group ID Type : LACP Master Port Member Port : 1-8 Active Port Status : Enabled Flooding Port : 7 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# Link aggregation group enable and no member linkup:...
  • Page 398 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show link_aggregation Command: show link_aggregation Link Aggregation Algorithm = MAC-Source-Dest Group ID Type : LACP Master Port Member Port : 1-8 Active Port Status : Disabled Flooding Port : Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 38-6 config lacp_port...
  • Page 399 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 38-7 show lacp_port Description This command is used to display the current mode of LACP of the ports. Format show lacp_port <portlist> Parameters lacp_port - Specified a range of ports to be configured. <portlist>...

  • Page 400: Chapter 39 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (Lldp) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 39 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Command List enable lldp disable lldp config lldp [message_tx_interval <sec 5-32768> | message_tx_hold_multiplier <int 2-10> | tx_delay <sec 1-8192> | reinit_delay <sec 1-10>] config lldp notification_interval <sec 5-3600> config lldp ports [<portlist>...

  • Page 401: Disable Lldp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable LLDP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable lldp Command: enable lldp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 39-2 disable lldp Description This command is used to globally disable the LLDP function. Format disable lldp Parameters...
  • Page 402 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config lldp [message_tx_interval <sec 5-32768> | message_tx_hold_multiplier <int 2-10> | tx_delay <sec 1-8192> | reinit_delay <sec 1-10>] Parameters message_tx_interval - Changes the interval between consecutive transmissions of LLDP advertisements on any given port. The default setting 30 seconds. <sec 5-32768>...

  • Page 403: Config Lldp Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <sec 5-3600> - Enter the notification interval value here. This value must be between 5 and 3600 seconds. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To changes the notification interval to 10 second: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config lldp notification_interval 10 Command: config lldp notification_interval 10 Success.
  • Page 404 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide mgt_addr - Specifies the management address used. ipv4 - Specifies the IPv4 address used. <ipaddr> - Enter the IP address used for this configuration here. ipv6 - Specifies the IPv6 address used. <ipv6addr>...
  • Page 405 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide eapol - (Optional) Specifies that the EAPOL protocol will be advertised. lacp - (Optional) Specifies that the LACP protocol will be advertised. gvrp - (Optional) Specifies that the GVRP protocol will be advertised. stp - (Optional) Specifies that the STP protocol will be advertised.
  • Page 406 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To enable ports 1-2 for manage address entry: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config lldp ports 5-6 mgt_addr ipv4 10.90.90.90 enable Command: config lldp ports 5-6 mgt_addr ipv4 10.90.90.90 enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure exclude the system name TLV from the outbound LLDP advertisements for all ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config lldp ports all basic_tlvs system_name enable Command: config lldp ports all basic_tlvs system_name enable Success.

  • Page 407: Show Lldp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config lldp ports all dot1_tlv_protocol_identity all enable Command: config lldp ports all dot1_tlv_protocol_identity all enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure exclude the MAC/PHY configuration/status TLV from the outbound LLDP advertisements for all ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config lldp ports all dot3_tlvs mac_phy_configuration_status enable Command: config lldp ports all dot3_tlvs mac_phy_configuration_status enable...
  • Page 408 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show lldp Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the LLDP system level configuration status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp Command: show lldp LLDP System Information Chassis ID Subtype : MAC Address Chassis ID : 00-11-22-33-45-67 System Name System Description...

  • Page 409: Show Lldp Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ipv6 - (Optional) Specifies the IPv6 address used for the display. <ipv6addr> - Enter the IPv6 address used for this configuration here. Restrictions None. Example To display management address information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp mgt_addr ipv4 10.90.90.90 Command: show lldp mgt_addr ipv4 10.90.90.90 Address 1 : ------------------------------------------------...
  • Page 410 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp ports 5 Command: show lldp ports 5 Port ID ----------------------------------------------------------------- Admin Status : TX_and_RX Notification Status : Enabled Advertised TLVs Option Port Description Disabled System Name Enabled System Description Disabled System Capabilities Disabled...
  • Page 411 Command: show lldp local_ports 1 mode detailed Port ID : 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Port ID Subtype : Local Port ID : 1/1 Port Description : D-Link DWS-3160-24PC R1.00.034 Port 1 Port PVID Management Address Count Subtype : IPv4 Address : 192.168.69.123...
  • Page 412 Port ID : 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Port ID Subtype : Local Port ID : 1/1 Port Description : D-Link DWS-3160-24PC R1.00.034 Port 1 Port PVID Management Address Count PPVID Entries Count VLAN Name Entries Count Protocol Identity Entries Count MAC/PHY Configuration/Status...
  • Page 413 : 00-11-22-33-32-32 Port ID Subtype : Local Port ID : 1/23 Port Description : D-Link DWS-3160-24TC R1.00.034 Port 23 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display remote table in normal mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp remote_ports 23 mode normal Command: show lldp remote_ports 23 mode normal...
  • Page 414 : MAC Address Chassis ID : 00-11-22-33-32-32 Port ID Subtype : Local Port ID : 1/23 Port Description : D-Link DWS-3160-24TC R1.00.034 Port 23 System Name System Description : Gigabit Ethernet Switch System Capabilities : Repeater, Bridge Management Address Count...

  • Page 415: Show Lldp Statistics

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 39-12 show lldp statistics Description This command is used to display an overview of neighbor detection activity on the Switch. Format show lldp statistics Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display global statistics information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp statistics Command: show lldp statistics Last Change Time...
  • Page 416 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display statistics information of port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show lldp statistics ports 1 Command: show lldp statistics ports 1 Port ID : 1 --------------------------------------------- LLDPStatsTXPortFramesTotal : 22 LLDPStatsRXPortFramesDiscardedTotal LLDPStatsRXPortFramesErrors LLDPStatsRXPortFramesTotal LLDPStatsRXPortTLVsDiscardedTotal LLDPStatsRXPortTLVsUnrecognizedTotal : 0 LLDPStatsRXPortAgeoutsTotal DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 417: Chapter 40 Loop Back Detection (Lbd) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 40 Loop Back Detection (LBD) Command List config loopdetect {recover_timer [<value 0> | <sec 60-1000000>] | interval <sec 1-32767> | mode [port-based | vlan-based]} config loopdetect ports [<portlist> | all] state [enable | disable] enable loopdetect disable loopdetect show loopdetect...

  • Page 418: Config Loopdetect Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To set the auto-recover time to 0, which disables the auto-recovery mechanism, the interval to 20 seconds and Specifies VLAN-based mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config loopdetect recover_timer 0 interval 20 mode vlan- based Command: config loopdetect recover_timer 0 interval 20 mode vlan-based Success.

  • Page 419: Disable Loopdetect

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable loopdetect Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable the LBD function globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable loopdetect Command: enable loopdetect Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 40-4 disable loopdetect Description This command is used to disable the LBD function globally on the Switch.

  • Page 420: Show Loopdetect

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable loopdetect Command: disable loopdetect Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 40-5 show loopdetect Description This command is used to display the LBD global configuration. Format show loopdetect Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the LBD global settings: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show loopdetect Command: show loopdetect LBD Global Settings...
  • Page 421 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show loopdetect ports {<portlist>} Parameters ports - Specifies the range of member ports that will display the LBD settings. <portlist> - Enter the list of port to be configured here. If no port is specified, the configuration for all ports will be displayed.

  • Page 422: Config Loopdetect Log

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To Specifies that traps will be sent when the loop condition is detected or cleared: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config loopdetect trap both Command: config loopdetect trap both Success.

  • Page 423: Chapter 41 Mac Notification Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 41 MAC Notification Command List enable mac_notification disable mac_notification config mac_notification {interval <int 1-2147483647> | historysize <int 1-500>} config mac_notification ports [<portlist> | all] [enable | disable] show mac_notification show mac_notification ports {<portlist>} 41-1 enable mac_notification Description...
  • Page 424 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable mac_notification function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable mac_notification Command: disable mac_notification Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 41-3 config mac_notification Description This command is used to configure the Switch’s MAC address table notification global settings. Format config mac_notification {interval <int 1-2147483647>...
  • Page 425 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 41-4 config mac_notification ports Description This command is used to configure the port’s MAC address table notification status settings. Format config mac_notification ports [<portlist> | all] [enable | disable] Parameters <portlist> - Enter a list of ports used for the configuration here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used for this configuration.
  • Page 426 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the Switch’s MAC address table notification global settings: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mac_notification Command: show mac_notification Global MAC Notification Settings State : Enabled Interval History Size : 500 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 41-6 show mac_notification ports Description This command is used to display the port’s MAC address table notification status settings.
  • Page 427 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mac_notification ports Command: show mac_notification ports Port # MAC Address Table Notification State ------ ------------------------------------ Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled...

  • Page 428: Chapter 42 Mac-Based Access Control Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 42 MAC-based Access Control Command List enable mac_based_access_control disable mac_based_access_control config mac_based_access_control password <passwd 16> config mac_based_access_control method [local | radius] config mac_based_access_control guest_vlan ports <portlist> config mac_based_access_control ports [<portlist> | all] {state [enable | disable] | mode [port_based | host_based] | aging_time [infinite | <min 1-1440>] | block_time <sec 0-300>...
  • Page 429 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the MAC-based Access Control global state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable mac_based_access_control Command: enable mac_based_access_control Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 42-2 disable mac_based_access_control Description This command is used to disable MAC-based Access Control. Format disable mac_based_access_control Parameters None.
  • Page 430 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters password - In RADIUS mode, the Switch will communicate with the RADIUS server using this password. The maximum length of the key is 16. <password> - Enter the password used here. The default password is “default”. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 431 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-5 config mac_based_access_control guest_vlan Description This command is used to assign a specific port list to the MAC-based Access Control guest VLAN. Ports that are not contained in port list will be removed from the MAC-based Access Control guest VLAN.
  • Page 432 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide If the port authorize mode is port based mode, when the port has been moved to the authorized VLAN, the subsequent users will not be authenticated again. They will operate in the current authorized VLAN.
  • Page 433 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure an unlimited number of maximum users for MAC-based Access Control on ports 1 to DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control ports 1-8 max_users no_limit Command: config mac_based_access_control ports 1-8 max_users no_limit Success.
  • Page 434 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create mac_based_access_control guest_vlan mbacv15 Command: create mac_based_access_control guest_vlan mbacv15 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 42-8 delete mac_based_access_control Description This command is used to remove a MAC-based Access Control guest VLAN. Format delete mac_based_access_control [guest_vlan <vlan_name 32> | guest_vlanid <vlanid 1- 4094>] Parameters guest_vlan - Specifies the name of the MAC-based Access Control’s guest VLAN.
  • Page 435 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the port range to delete MAC addresses on them. all - Specifies that all MAC-based Access Control enabled ports to delete MAC addresses. <portlist> - Enter the list of port used for this configuration here. mac_addr - To delete a specified host with this MAC address.
  • Page 436 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide vlanid - (Optional) Specifies the target VLAN by using the VID. When this host is authorized, it will be assigned to this VLAN if the target VLAN exists. <vlanid 1-4094> - Enter the VLAN ID here. This value must be between 1 and 4094. If no vlanid or vlan parameter is specified, not Specifies the target VLAN for this host.
  • Page 437 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the target VLAN “default” for the MAC-based Access Control local database entry 00- 00-00-00-00-01: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00- 01 vlan default Command: config mac_based_access_control_local mac 00-00-00-00-00-01 vlan default Success.
  • Page 438 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete mac_based_access_control_local vlan VLAN3 Command: delete mac_based_access_control_local vlan VLAN3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 42-13 config mac_based_access_control authorization attributes Description This command is used to enable or disable the acceptation of an authorized configuration. When authorization is enabled for MAC-based Access Controls with RADIUS authentication, the authorized attributes (for example VLAN, 802.1p default priority, and ACL) assigned by the RADUIS server will be accepted if the global authorization status is enabled.
  • Page 439 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-14 show mac_based_access_control Description This command is used to display the MAC-based Access Control setting. Format show mac_based_access_control {ports {<portlist>}} Parameters ports – (Optional) Displays the MAC-based Access Control settings for a specific port or range of ports.
  • Page 440 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters mac - (Optional) Displays MAC-based Access Control local database entries for a specific MAC address. <macaddr> - Enter the MAC address used here. vlan - (Optional) Displays MAC-based Access Control local database entries for a specific target VLAN name.
  • Page 441 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the MAC-based Access Control authentication status on port 1-4 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mac_based_access_control auth_state ports 1-4 Command: show mac_based_access_control auth_state ports 1-4 (P): Port-based Port MAC Address State Priority Aging Time/ Block Time ---- -------------------- -------------- ---- -------- ------------ 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0...
  • Page 442 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 42-18 config mac_based_access_control trap state Description This command is used to enable or disable sending of MAC-based Access Control traps. Format config mac_based_access_control trap state [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Enable trap for MAC-based Access Control. The trap of MAC-based Access Control will be sent out.
  • Page 443 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable log state of MAC-based Access Control: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mac_based_access_control log state disable Command: config mac_based_access_control log state disable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 444: Chapter 43 Mac-Based Vlan Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 43 MAC-based VLAN Command List create mac_based_vlan mac_address <macaddr> [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1- 4094>] delete mac_based_vlan {mac_address <macaddr> [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1- 4094>]} show mac_based_vlan {mac_address <macaddr> | [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1- 4094>]} 43-1 create mac_based_vlan...
  • Page 445 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 43-2 delete mac_based_vlan Description This command is used to delete a static MAC-based VLAN entry. Format delete mac_based_vlan {mac_address <macaddr> [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1- 4094>]} Parameters mac_address - (Optional) Specifies the MAC address used. <macaddr>...
  • Page 446 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide vlan - (Optional) Specifies the VLAN that you would like to display. <vlan_name 32> - Enter the VLAN name here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. vlanid - (Optional) Specifies the VLAN by VLAN ID. <vlanid 1-4094>...

  • Page 447: Chapter 44 Mirror Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 44 Mirror Command List config mirror port <port> {[add | delete] source ports <portlist> [rx | tx | both]} enable mirror disable mirror show mirror 44-1 config mirror Description This command is used to configure a mirror port on the Switch. Traffic from any source port to a target port can be mirrored for real-time analysis.

  • Page 448: Enable Mirror

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 44-2 enable mirror Description This command is used to enable the mirror function without having to modify the mirror session configuration. Format enable mirror Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable mirroring function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable mirror...

  • Page 449: Show Mirror

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable mirroring function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable mirror Command: disable mirror Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 44-4 show mirror Description This command is used to display the mirror function’s state and mirror session configuration on the Switch.

  • Page 450: Chapter 45 Mld Snooping Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 45 MLD Snooping Command List config mld_snooping [vlan_name <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list> | all] {state [enable | disable] | fast_done [enable | disable] | report_suppression [enable | disable]}(1) config mld_snooping querier [vlan_name <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list> | all] {query_interval <sec 1-65535>...
  • Page 451 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide long. vlanid - Specifies the ID of the VLAN for which MLD snooping is to be configured. <vlanid_list> - Enter the VLAN ID list here. all - Specifies all VLANs for which MLD snooping is to be configured. state - (Optional) Enable or disable MLD snooping for the chosen VLAN.
  • Page 452 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide configured. <vlan_name 32> - Enter the VLAN name here. The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long. vlanid - Specifies the ID of the VLAN for which MLD snooping querier is to be configured. <vlanid_list>...
  • Page 453 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping querier all query_interval 125 state enable Command: config mld_snooping querier all query_interval 125 state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-3 config mld_snooping router_ports Description This command is used to designate a range of ports as being connected to multicast-enabled routers.
  • Page 454 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mld_snooping mrouter_ports_forbidden [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list>] [add | delete] <portlist> Parameters vlan - Specifies the name of the VLAN on which the router port resides. <vlan_name 32> - Enter the VLAN name here. The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long.
  • Page 455 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To enable MLD snooping on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable mld_snooping Command: enable mld_snooping Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-6 disable mld_snooping Description This command is used to disable MLD snooping on the Switch. Format disable mld_snooping Parameters...
  • Page 456 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show mld_snooping {[vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list>]} Parameters vlan - (Optional) Specifies the name of the VLAN for which you want to view the MLD snooping configuration. <vlan_name 32> - Enter the VLAN name here. The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long.
  • Page 457 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 45-8 show mld_snooping group Description This command is used to display the current MLD snooping group information on the Switch. Format show mld_snooping group {[vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list> | ports <portlist>] {<ipv6addr>}} {data_driven} Parameters vlan - (Optional) Specifies the name of the VLAN for which you want to view MLD snooping...
  • Page 458 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show mld_snooping group Command: show mld_snooping group Source/Group : 2001::1/FE1E::1 VLAN Name/VID : default/1 Member Ports : 1-2 UP Time : 26 Expiry Time : 258 Filter Mode : INCLUDE Source/Group : 2002::2/FE1E::1 VLAN Name/VID:...
  • Page 459 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 45-9 show mld_snooping forwarding Description This command is used to display the Switch’s current MLD snooping forwarding table. It provides an easy way for users to check the list of ports that the multicast group that comes from specific sources will be forwarded to.
  • Page 460 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 45-10 show mld_snooping mrouter_ports Description This command is used to display the configured router ports on the Switch. Format show mld_snooping mrouter_ports [vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid_list> | all] {[static | dynamic | forbidden]} Parameters vlan - Specifies the name of the VLAN on which the router port resides.
  • Page 461 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The static group will only take effect when MLD snooping is enabled on the VLAN. For those static member ports, the device needs to emulate the MLD protocol operation to the querier, and forward the traffic destined to the multicast group to the member ports.
  • Page 462 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide vlanid - Specifies the ID of the VLAN on which the static group resides. <vlanid_list> - Enter the VLAN ID list here. <ipv6addr> - Specifies the multicast group IP address. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 463 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete the ports 11 and 12 from MLD snooping static member ports for group FF1E::1 on VLAN ID 2: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping static_group vlan v2 FF1E::1 delete 11- Command: config mld_snooping static_group vlan v2 FF1E::1 delete 11-12 Success.
  • Page 464 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 45-15 config mld_snooping data_driven_learning Description This command is used to enable or disable the data-driven learning of an MLD snooping group. When data-driven learning is enabled for the VLAN, when the Switch receives the IP multicast traffic, on this VLAN, an MLD snooping group will be created.
  • Page 465 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config mld_snooping data_driven_learning vlan default state enable Command: config mld_snooping data_driven_learning vlan default state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-16 config mld_snooping data_driven_learning max_learned_entry Description This command is used to configure the maximum number of groups that can be learned by data driven.
  • Page 466 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear mld_snooping data_driven_group [all | [vlan_name <vlan_name> | vlanid <vlanid_list>] [<ipv6addr> | all]] Parameters all - Specifies all VLANs to which MLD snooping groups will be deleted. vlan_name - Specifies the VLAN name. <vlan_name>...
  • Page 467 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display MLD snooping statistics counters: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mld_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 Command: show mld_snooping statistic counter vlanid 2 VLAN name : v2 -------------------------------------------------- Group Number Receive Statistics Query MLD v1 Query MLD v2 Query Total Dropped By Rate Limitation...
  • Page 468 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear mld_snooping statistics counter Command: clear mld_snooping statistic counter Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 45-20 config mld_snooping rate_limit Description This command is used to configure the rate limit of MLD control packets that are allowed by each port or VLAN.
  • Page 469 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show mld_snooping rate_limit [ports <portlist> | vlanid <vlanid_list>] Parameters ports - Specifies a list of ports. <portlist> - Enter the range of ports to be configured here. vlanid - Specifies a list of VLANs. <vlanid_list>...

  • Page 470: Chapter 46 Mld Snooping Multicast (Msm) Vlan Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 46 MLD Snooping Multicast (MSM) VLAN Command List create mld_snooping multicast_vlan <vlan_name 32> <vlanid 2-4094> {remap_priority [<value 0-7> | none] {replace_priority}} config mld_snooping multicast_vlan <vlan_name 32> {[add | delete] [member_port <portlist> | [source_port <portlist>...
  • Page 471 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide will be used. This is the default setting. replace_priority - (Optional) Specifies that the packet’s priority will be changed by the Switch, based on the remap priority. This flag will only take effect when the remap priority is set. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 472 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide members of the multicast VLAN. The PVID of the untagged source port is automatically changed to the multicast VLAN. Source ports must be either tagged or untagged for any single multicast VLAN, i.e. both types cannot be members of the same multicast VLAN. <portlist>...
  • Page 473 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an MLD snooping multicast group profile with the name “MGroup”: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup Command: create igmp_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 46-4 config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to configure an MLD snooping multicast group profile on the Switch and add or delete multicast addresses for the profile.
  • Page 474 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup add FF1E::1, FF1E::10-FF1E::20 Command: config mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile MGroup add FF1E::1, FF1E::10-FF1E::20 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 46-5 delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile Description This command is used to delete an MLD snooping multicast group profile from the Switch. Format delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group_profile [profile_name <profile_name 1-32>...
  • Page 475 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <profile_name 1-32> - (Optional) Enter the multicast VLAN group profile name here. The name can be up to 32 characters long. If no parameter is specified, then all MLD snooping multicast VLAN group profiles will be displayed. Restrictions None.
  • Page 476 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <vlan_name 32> - Enter the multicast VLAN name here. The VLAN name can be up to 32 characters long. add – Specifies to associate an MLD snooping profile to a multicast VLAN. delete –...
  • Page 477 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group Command: show mld_snooping multicast_vlan_group VLAN Name VLAN ID Multicast Group Profiles ------------------------------- ------- --------------------------------- MGroup DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 46-9 delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan Description This command is used to delete an MLD snooping multicast VLAN. Format delete mld_snooping multicast_vlan <vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 478 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the MLD snooping multicast VLAN function globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable mld_snooping multicast_vlan Command: enable mld_snooping multicast_vlan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 46-11 disable mld_snooping multicast_vlan Description This command is used to disable the MLD snooping multicast VLAN function.
  • Page 479 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 46-12 config mld_snooping multicast_vlan forward_unmatched Description This command is used to configure the forwarding mode for MLD multicast VLAN unmatched packets. When the Switch receives an MLD snooping packet, it will match the packet against the multicast profile to determine which multicast VLAN to associate with it.
  • Page 480 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all MLD snooping multicast VLAN entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mld_snooping multicast_vlan Command: show mld_snooping multicast_vlan MLD Multicast VLAN Global State : Enabled MLD Multicast VLAN Forward Unmatched : Enabled VLAN Name :mv2 Member(Untagged) Ports :1,3...

  • Page 481: Chapter 47 Multicast Filter Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 47 Multicast Filter Command List create mcast_filter_profile {[ipv4 | ipv6]} profile_id <value 1-24 > profile_name <name 32> config mcast_filter_profile [profile_id <value 1-24> | profile_name <name 32>] {profile_name <name 32> | [add | delete] <mcast_address_list>}(1) config mcast_filter_profile ipv6 [profile_id <value 1-24>...
  • Page 482 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create mcast_filter_profile profile_id 2 profile_name MOD Command: create mcast_filter_profile profile_id 2 profile_name MOD Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 47-2 config mcast_filter_profile Description This command is used to add or delete a range of multicast IP addresses to or from the profile. Format config mcast_filter_profile [profile_id <value 1-24>...
  • Page 483 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config mcast_filter_profile ipv6 [profile_id <value 1-24> | profile_name <name 1-32>] {profile_name <name 1-32> | [add | delete] <mcastv6_address_list>}(1) Parameters profile_id - ID of the profile. <value 1-24> - Enter the profile ID value here. This value must be between 1 and 24. profile_name - Provides a meaningful description for the profile.
  • Page 484 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide all - All multicast address profiles will be deleted. profile_name - Specifies to display a profile based on the profile name. <name 1-32> - Enter the profile name value here. The profile name can be up to 32 characters long.
  • Page 485 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all the defined multicast address profiles: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show mcast_filter_profile Command: show mcast_filter_profile Profile ID Name Multicast Addresses ---------- -------------------------------- ------------------------------- 225.1.1.1-225.1.1.10 234.1.1.1-238.244.244.244 Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 47-6 config limited_multicast_addr Description This command is used to configure the multicast address filtering function on a port or VLAN.
  • Page 486 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To add multicast address profile 2 to ports 1 and 3: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config limited_multicast_addr ports 1,3 add profile_id 2 Command: config limited_multicast_addr ports 1,3 add profile_id 2 Success.
  • Page 487 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the maximum number of multicast group that ports 1 and 3 can join to 100: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config max_mcast_group ports 1, 3 max_group 100 Command: config max_mcast_group ports 1,3 max_group 100 Success.
  • Page 488 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show max_mcast_group vlanid 1-3 Command: show max_mcast_group vlanid 1-3 VLAN Max Multicast Group Number Action ------ ---------------------------- --------- Infinite Drop Infinite Drop Infinite Drop Total Entries: 3 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 47-9 show limited_multicast_addr Description This command is used to display the multicast address range by port or by VLAN.
  • Page 489 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show limited_multicast_addr ports 1,3 Command: show limited_multicast_addr ports 1,3 Port Access : Deny Profile ID Name Multicast Addresses ---------- -------------------------------- ------------------------------- 225.1.1.1-225.1.1.10 234.1.1.1-238.244.244.244 Port Access : Deny Profile ID Name Multicast Addresses ---------- -------------------------------- ------------------------------- 225.1.1.1-225.1.1.10 234.1.1.1-238.244.244.244...

  • Page 490: Chapter 48 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (Mstp) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 48 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Command List show stp show stp instance {<value 0-15>} show stp ports {<portlist>} show stp mst_config_id create stp instance_id <value 1-15> delete stp instance_id <value 1-15> config stp instance_id <value 1-15>...

  • Page 491: Show Stp Instance

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show stp Command: show stp STP Bridge Global Settings --------------------------- STP Status : Disabled STP Version : RSTP Max Age : 20 Hello Time Forward Delay : 15 Max Hops : 20 TX Hold Count Forwarding BPDU : Disabled...

  • Page 492: Show Stp Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show stp instance Command: show stp instance STP Instance Settings --------------------------- Instance Type : CIST Instance Status : Enabled Instance Priority : 61440(Bridge Priority : 61440, SYS ID Ext : 0 ) STP Instance Operational Status -------------------------------- Designated Root Bridge : 61440/00-11-22-33-45-67...
  • Page 493 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show stp ports Command: show stp ports MSTP Port Information ---------------------- Port Index , Hello Time: 2 /2 , Port STP : Enabled External PathCost : Auto/20000 , Edge Port : False/No , P2P : Auto /Yes Port RestrictedRole : False, Port RestrictedTCN : False Port Forward BPDU : Disabled...
  • Page 494 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 48-5 create stp instance_id Description This command is used to create an MST Instance without mapping the corresponding VLANs. Format create stp instance_id <value 1-15> Parameters instance_id - Specifies the MSTP instance ID. Instance 0 represents for default instance, CIST. <value 1-15>...
  • Page 495 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an MSTP instance: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete stp instance_id 2 Command: delete stp instance_id 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 48-7 config stp instance_id Description This command is used to map or remove the VLAN range of the specified MST instance for the existed MST instances.

  • Page 496: Enable Stp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 48-8 config stp mst_config_id Description This command is used to change the name or the revision level of the MST configuration identification. Format config stp mst_config_id {revision_level <int 0-65535> | name <string>} Parameters name - (Optional) Specifies the name given for a specific MST region.

  • Page 497: Disable Stp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable STP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable stp Command: enable stp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 48-10 disable stp Description This command is used to disable STP globally. Format disable stp Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable STP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable stp...

  • Page 498: Config Stp Priority

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters version – Specifies that the STP version will be configured. mstp – Specifies that the STP version will be configured as Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol. rstp - Specifies that the STP version will be configured as Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol. stp - Specifies that the STP version will be configured as Spanning Tree Protocol.

  • Page 499: Config Stp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the STP instance’s priority: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp priority 61440 instance_id 0 Command: config stp priority 61440 instance_id 0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 48-13 config stp Description This command is used to configure the STP parameter settings. Format config stp {maxage <value 6-40>...

  • Page 500: Config Stp Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure STP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp maxage 25 Command: config stp maxage 25 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 48-14 config stp ports Description This command is used to configure STP parameters for each port, except for Internal Path Cost and Port Priority.
  • Page 501 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide true - Specifies that the port can be set to propagate a topology change. false - Specifies that the port cannot be set to propagate a topology change. fbpdu - (Optional) To decide if this port will flood STP BPDU when STP functionality is disabled. When the state is set to enable, the received BPDU will be forwarded.
  • Page 502 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure STP MST ports: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config stp mst_ports 1 instance_id 0 internalCost auto Command: config stp mst_ports 1 instance_id 0 internalCost auto Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 503: Chapter 49 Network Load Balancing (Nlb) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 49 Network Load Balancing (NLB) Command List create nlb multicast_fdb [<vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid>] <macaddr> delete nlb multicast_fdb [<vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid>] <macaddr> config nlb multicast_fdb [<vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid>] <macaddr> [add | delete] <portlist> show nlb fdb 49-1 create nlb multicast_fdb...
  • Page 504 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 Command: create nlb multicast_fdb default 03-bf-01-01-01-01 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 49-2 delete nlb multicast_fdb Description This command is used to delete an NLB multicast FDB entry. Format delete nlb multicast_fdb [<vlan_name 32>...

  • Page 505: Show Nlb Fdb

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <vlan_name 32> - Specifies the VLAN of the NLB multicast FDB entry to be configured. vlanid - Specifies the VLAN by the VLAN ID. <vlanid> - Enter the VLAN ID here. <macaddr>...
  • Page 506 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show nlb fdb Command: show nlb fdb MAC Address VLAN ID Egress Ports ----------------- ---------- --------------------------------------------- 03-BF-01-01-01-01 1 Total Entries :1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 507: Chapter 50 Network Monitoring Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 50 Network Monitoring Command List show packet ports <portlist> show error ports <portlist> show utilization [cpu | ports] show utilization dram show utilization flash clear counters {ports <portlist>} 50-1 show packet ports Description This command is used to display statistics about the packets sent and received by the Switch.

  • Page 508: Show Error Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show packet ports 23 Command: show packet ports 23 Port Number : 23 ================================================================== Frame Size/Type Frame Counts Frames/sec --------------- ---------------------- ----------- 65-127 128-255 256-511 512-1023 1024-1518 Unicast RX Multicast RX Broadcast RX Frame Type Total...

  • Page 509: Show Utilization

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show error ports 23 Command: show error ports 23 Port Number : 23 RX Frames TX Frames --------- --------- CRC Error Excessive Deferral Undersize CRC Error Oversize Late Collision Fragment Excessive Collision Jabber Single Collision Drop Pkts...

  • Page 510: Show Utilization Dram

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show utilization ports Command: show utilization ports Port TX/sec RX/sec Util Port TX/sec RX/sec Util ----- ---------- ---------- ---- ----- ---------- ---------- ---- CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page Previous Page Refresh To display the CPU utilization:...

  • Page 511: Show Utilization Flash

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display DRAM utilization: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show utilization dram Command: show utilization dram DRAM utilization : Total DRAM : 262144 Used DRAM : 232732 Utilization : 88 % CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page...

  • Page 512: Clear Counters

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show utilization flash Command: show utilization flash Flash Memory Utilization : Total Flash : 29618 Used Flash : 8251 Utilization : 27 % CTRL+C ESC q Quit SPACE n Next Page Previous Page Refresh 50-6...

  • Page 513: Chapter 51 Oam Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 51 OAM Command List config ethernet_oam ports [<portlist> | all] [mode [active | passive] | state [enable | disable] | link_monitor [error_symbol {threshold <range 0-4294967295> | window <millisecond 1000- 60000> | notify_state [enable | disable]}(1) | error_frame {threshold <range 0-4294967295> | window <millisecond 1000-60000>...
  • Page 514 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The link event parameter configures the capability of the Ethernet OAM critical link event. If the capability for an event is disabled, the port will never send out the corresponding critical link event. The command is used to configure the client to process or to ignore the received Ethernet OAM remote loopback command.
  • Page 515 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide disable - Specifies to disable event notification. error_frame_period - Specifies error frame period. threshold - Specifies a threshold range between 0 and 4294967295. <range 0-4294967295> -Specifies a threshold range between 0 and 4294967295. window - The range is 148810 to 100000000ms.
  • Page 516 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the error frame threshold to 2 and period to 1000 ms for port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ethernet_oam ports 1 link_monitor error_frame threshold 2 window 1000 notify_state enable Command: config ethernet_oam ports 1 link_monitor error_frame threshold 2 window 1000 notify_state enable Success.
  • Page 517 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the method of processing the received remote loopback command as “process” on port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ethernet_oam ports 1 received_remote_loopback process Command: config ethernet_oam ports 1 received_remote_loopback process Success.
  • Page 518 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Unidirectional: It indicates that the OAM entity supports the transmission of OAMPDUs on links that are operating in unidirectional mode (traffic flowing in one direction only). Loopback: It indicates that the OAM entity can initiate and respond to loopback commands.
  • Page 519 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Command: show ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Port 1 ----------------------------------------------------------- Information OAMPDU TX : 67 Information OAMPDU RX Unique Event Notification OAMPDU TX Unique Event Notification OAMPDU RX Duplicate Event Notification OAMPDU TX: 0 Duplicate Event Notification OAMPDU RX: 0 Loopback Control OAMPDU TX...
  • Page 520 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Command: clear ethernet_oam ports 1 statistics Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To clear port 1 OAM events: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear ethernet_oam ports 1 event_log Command: clear ethernet_oam ports 1 event_log Success.

  • Page 521: Chapter 52 Peripherals Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 52 Peripherals Command List show device_status show environment config temperature threshold {high <temperature -500-500> | low <temperature -500-500>} config temperature [trap | log] state [enable | disable] 52-1 show device_status Description This command is used to display current status of power(s) and fan(s) on the Switch.

  • Page 522: Config Temperature Threshold

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the standalone device environment: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show environment Command: show environment Internal Power : Active External Power : Fail Right Fan 1 : Speed Low (3000 RPM) Right Fan 2 : Speed Low (3000 RPM)

  • Page 523: Config Temperature

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure the warning temperature threshold: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config temperature threshold high 80 Command: config temperature threshold high 80 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 52-4 config temperature Description This command is used to configure the trap state for temperature warning event.

  • Page 524: Chapter 53 Ping Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 53 Ping Command List ping <ipaddr> {times <value 1-255> | timeout <sec 1-99>} ping6 <ipv6addr> {times <value 1-255> | size <value 1-6000> | timeout <sec 1-99>} 53-1 ping Description This command is used to send out Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echo messages to a remote IP address.
  • Page 525 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 53-2 ping6 Description This command is used to send out IPv6 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echo messages to a remote IPv6 address. The remote IPv6 address will then echo or return the message. This is used to confirm the IPv6 connectivity between the Switch and the remote device.

  • Page 526: Chapter 54 Port Security Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 54 Port Security Command List config port_security system max_learning_addr [<max_lock_no 1-3072> | no_limit] config port_security ports [<portlist> | all] [{admin_state [enable | disable] | max_learning_addr <max_lock_no 0-3072> | lock_address_mode [permanent | deleteontimeout | deleteonreset]} (1)| {vlan [<vlan_name 32>...
  • Page 527 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config port_security system max_learning_addr 256 Command: config port_security system max_learning_addr 256 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 54-2 config port_security ports Description This command is used to configure the maximum number of addresses that can be learned and the lock address mode.
  • Page 528 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the port-based port security setting so that the maximum number of port security entries is restricted to 10, and the lock address mode is set to permanent on port 6: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config port_security ports 6 admin_state enable max_learning_addr 10 lock_address_mode permanent Command: config port_security ports 6 admin_state enable max_learning_addr 10...
  • Page 529 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the maximum number of VLAN-based port security entries on VLAN 1 to be 64: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config port_security vlan vlanid 1 max_learning_addr 64 Command: config port_security vlan vlanid 1 max_learning_addr 64 Success.
  • Page 530 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear port_security_entry {ports [<portlist> | all] {[vlan <vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vidlist>]}} Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the range of ports to be configured. <portlist> - The port security entries learned on the specified port will be cleared. all - All the port security entries learned by the system will be cleared.
  • Page 531 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display all the port security entries: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show port_security_entry Command: show port_security_entry MAC Address Port Lock Mode ----------------- ---- ----- --------------- 00-11-22-33-32-32 Permanent 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Permanent 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Permanent 02-23-7D-BC-08-44 Permanent F0-7D-68-78-92-A4 Permanent...
  • Page 532 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies the range of ports that will display their configuration. While this parameter is null, to display the entries on all of the ports. <portlist> - Enter the list of port used for this configuration here. vlan - (Optional) Specifies the name of the VLAN that will display its configuration.
  • Page 533 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the port security trap and save the log: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable port_security trap_log Command: enable port_security trap_log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 54-9 disable port_security trap_log Description This command is used to disable the port security trap/log. If the port security trap is disabled, no trap will be sent out for a MAC violation.

  • Page 534: Chapter 55 Power Over Ethernet (Poe) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 55 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Command List config poe system {power_limit <value 37-740> | power_disconnect_method [deny_next_port | deny_low_priority_port] | legacy_pd [enable | disable]} config poe ports [all | <portlist>] { state [enable | disable]| [time_range <range_name 32> | clear_time_range]| priority [critical | high | low] | power_limit [class_0 | class_1 | class_2 | class_3 | user_define <value 1000-35000>]} show poe system...

  • Page 535: Config Poe Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To config PoE system-wise was setting: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config poe system power_limit 250 power_disconnect_method deny_low_priority_port Command: config poe system power_limit 250 power_disconnect_method deny_low_priority_port Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 55-2 config poe ports Description This command is used to configure the PoE port settings. Based on 802.3af, there are 5 kinds of PD classes, class 0, class 1, class 2, and class 3.

  • Page 536: Show Poe System

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide long. clear_time_range - (Optional) Remove the time range. priority - (Optional) Port priority determines the priority the system attempts to supply the power to port. There are three levels of priority that can be selected, critical, high, and low. When multiple ports happen to have the same level of priority, the port ID will be used to determine the priority.

  • Page 537: Show Poe Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show poe system Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the PoE system: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show poe system Command: show poe system PoE System Information --------------------------------------------------- Power Limit : 250(Watts) Power Consumption : 0(Watts) Power Remained : 250(Watts)
  • Page 538 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display PoE information of ports 1 to 6: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show poe ports 1-6 Command: show poe ports 1-6 Port State Priority Power Limit(mW) Time Range Class Power(mW) Voltage(decivolt) Current(mA) Status =============================================================================== Enabled Critical...

  • Page 539: Chapter 56 Power Saving Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 56 Power Saving Command List config power_saving {state [enable | disable] | length_detection [enable | disable]} (1) show power_saving 56-1 config power_saving Description This command is used to configure the power saving parameters found on this Switch. By default, the power saving mode is enabled.
  • Page 540 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config power_saving state enable Command: config power_saving state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 56-2 show power_saving Description This command is used to display the current state of power saving. Format show power_saving Parameters None.

  • Page 541: Chapter 57 Protocol Vlan Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 57 Protocol VLAN Command List create dot1v_protocol_group group_id <id> {group_name <name 32>} config dot1v_protocol_group [group_id <id> | group_name <name 32>] [add protocol [ethernet_2 | ieee802.3_snap | ieee802.3_llc] <protocol_value> | delete protocol [ethernet_2 | ieee802.3_snap | ieee802.3_llc] <protocol_value>] delete dot1v_protocol_group [group_id <id>...
  • Page 542 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 57-2 config dot1v_protocol_group add protocol Description This command is used to add a protocol to a protocol group. The selection of a protocol can be a pre-defined protocol type or a user defined protocol. Format config dot1v_protocol_group [group_id <id>...
  • Page 543 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters group_id - Specifies the group ID to be deleted. <id> - Enter the group ID used here. group_name - Specifies the name of the group to be deleted. <name 32> - Enter the group name here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. all - Specifies that all the protocol group will be deleted.

  • Page 544: Config Port Dot1V

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show dot1v_protocol_group group_id 10 Command: show dot1v_protocol_group group_id 10 Protocol Group ID Protocol Group Name Frame Type Protocol Value ----------------- -------------------------------- -------------- ------------- General_Group EthernetII 86DD Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 57-5 config port dot1v Description This command is used to assign the VLAN for untagged packets ingress from the port list based...

  • Page 545: Show Port Dot1V

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example The example is to assign VLAN marketing-1 for untagged ipv6 packet ingress from port 3. To configure the group ID 100 on port 3 to be associated with VLAN marketing-1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config port dot1v ports 3 add protocol_group group_id 10 vlan marketing-1 Command: config port dot1v ports 3 add protocol_group group_id 10 vlan...

  • Page 546: Chapter 58 Qinq Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 58 QinQ Command List enable qinq disable qinq config qinq inner_tpid <hex 0x1-0xffff> config qinq ports [<portlist> | all] {role [uni | nni] | missdrop [enable | disable] | outer_tpid <hex 0x1-0xffff>...

  • Page 547: Disable Qinq

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 58-2 disable qinq Description This command is used to disable the QinQ. When QinQ is disabled, all dynamic learned Layer 2 addresses will be cleared, all dynamic registered VLAN entries will be cleared, and GVRP will be disabled.

  • Page 548: Config Qinq Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the inner TPID in the system to 0x9100: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config qinq inner_tpid 0x9100 Command: config qinq inner_tpid 0x9100 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58-4 config qinq ports Description This command is used to configure the QinQ port's parameters. Format config qinq ports [<portlist>...

  • Page 549: Show Qinq

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config qinq ports 1-4 role nni outer_tpid 0x88A8 Command: config qinq ports 1-4 role nni outer_tpid 0x88A8 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58-5 show qinq Description This command is used to display the global QinQ status. Format show qinq Parameters...

  • Page 550: Show Qinq Ports

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the inner-TPID of a system: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show qinq inner_tpid Command: show qinq inner_tpid Inner TPID: 0x9100 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58-7 show qinq ports Description This command is used to display the QinQ configuration of the ports. Format show qinq ports {<portlist>} Parameters...
  • Page 551 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show qinq ports 1-2 Command: show qinq ports 1-2 Port ID: --------------------------------------------------------- Role: Miss Drop: Disabled Outer Tpid: 0x88a8 Add Inner Tag: Disabled Port ID: --------------------------------------------------------- Role: Miss Drop: Disabled Outer Tpid: 0x88a8 Add Inner Tag: Disabled...
  • Page 552 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To replace the C-Tag in which the CVID is 2, with the S-Tag and the S-VID is 3 at UNI Port 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create vlan_translation ports 1 replace cvid 2 svid 3 Command: create vlan_translation ports 1 replace cvid 2 svid 3 Success.
  • Page 553 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete vlan_translation ports 1-4 Command: delete vlan_translation ports 1-4 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 58-10 show vlan_translation Description This command is used to display the existing C-VLAN-based VLAN translation rules. Format show vlan_translation {[ports <portlist> | cvid <vidlist>]} Parameters ports –...

  • Page 554: Chapter 59 Quality Of Service (Qos) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 59 Quality of Service (QoS) Command List config bandwidth_control [<portlist> | all] {rx_rate [no_limit | <value 64-1024000>] | tx_rate [ no_limit | <value 64-1024000>]} show bandwidth_control {<portlist>} config per_queue bandwidth_control {ports [<portlist> | all]} <cos_id_list 0-7> {{min_rate [no_limit | <value 64-1024000>]} max_rate [no_limit | <value 64-1024000>]} show per_queue bandwidth_control {<portlist>} config scheduling {ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 555 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <value 64-1024000> - Enter the transmitting data rate here. This value must be between 64 and 1024000 Kbits/sec. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To configure the port bandwidth: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config bandwidth_control 1-10 tx_rate 100 Command: config bandwidth_control 1-10 tx_rate 100 Granularity: RX: 64, TX: 64.
  • Page 556 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show bandwidth_control 1-10 Command: show bandwidth_control 1-10 Bandwidth Control Table Port RX Rate TX Rate Effective RX Effective TX (Kbit/sec) (Kbit/sec) (Kbit/sec) (Kbit/sec) ----- ---------- ---------- ---------------- ---------------- No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit...
  • Page 557 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide adjusted. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the ports 1-10 CoS bandwidth queue 1 min rate to 130 and max rate to 100000: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config per_queue bandwidth_control ports 1-10 1 min_rate 130 max_rate 1000 Command: config per_queue bandwidth_control ports 1-10 1 min_rate 130 max_rate 1000...

  • Page 558: Config Scheduling

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show per_queue bandwidth_control 10 Command: show per_queue bandwidth_control 10 Queue Bandwidth Control Table On Port: 10 Queue Min Rate(Kbit/sec) Max Rate(Kbit/sec) No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit...

  • Page 559: Show Scheduling

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 59-6 config scheduling_mechanism Description This command is used to configure the traffic scheduling mechanism for each CoS queue. Format config scheduling_mechanism {ports [<portlist> | all]} [strict | wrr] Parameters ports - (Optional) Specifies a range of ports to be configured. <portlist>...
  • Page 560 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <portlist> - (Optional) Specifies a range of ports to be displayed. If no parameter specified, system will display all ports scheduling configurations. Restrictions None. Example To display the traffic scheduling parameters for each CoS queue on port 1(take eight hardware priority queues for example): DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show scheduling 1 Command: show scheduling 1...
  • Page 561 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the scheduling mechanism for ports 1 to 5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show scheduling_mechanism 1-5 Command: show scheduling_mechanism 1-5 Port Mode ----- ------ Strict Strict Strict Strict Strict DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-9 config 802.1p user_priority Description This command is used to map the 802.1p user priority of an incoming packet to one of the eight hardware queues available on the Switch.
  • Page 562 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 59-10 show 802.1p user_priority Description This command is used to display the 802.1p user priority for ports. Format show 802.1p user_priority Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the 802.1p user priority: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show 802.1p user_priority Command: show 802.1p user_priority QOS Class of Traffic...
  • Page 563 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <portlist> - This specifies a range of ports for which the default priority is to be configured. That is, a range of ports for which all untagged packets received will be assigned the priority specified below.
  • Page 564 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display 802.1p default priority: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show 802.1p default_priority 1-10 Command: show 802.1p default_priority 1-10 Port Priority Effective Priority ---- ----------- ------------------ DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-13 enable hol_prevention Description This command is used to enable head-of-line (HOL) prevention on the Switch. Format enable hol_prevention Parameters...
  • Page 565 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable hol_prevention Command: enable hol_prevention Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-14 disable hol_prevention Description This command is used to disable HOL prevention on the Switch. Format disable hol_prevention Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable HOL prevention on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable hol_prevention...

  • Page 566: Config Dscp Trust

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display HOL prevention state on the Switch. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show hol_prevention Command: show hol_prevention Device HOL Prevention State: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 59-16 config dscp trust Description This command is used to configure the state of DSCP trust per port. When DSCP is not trusted, 802.1p is trusted.

  • Page 567: Show Dscp Trust

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 59-17 show dscp trust Description This command is used to display the DSCP trust state for the specified port(s) on the Switch. Format show dscp trust {<portlist>} Parameters <portlist> - (Optional) A range of ports to display. If not Specifies the port, all ports for DSCP trust status on the Switch will be displayed.

  • Page 568: Show Dscp Map

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide These DSCP mapping will take effect at the same time when IP packet ingress from a DSCP- trusted port. Format config dscp map {[<portlist> | all]} [dscp_priority <dscp_list> to <priority 0-7> | dscp_dscp <dscp_list>...
  • Page 569 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show dscp map {<portlist>} [dscp_priority | dscp_dscp] {dscp <dscp_list>} Parameters <portlist> - (Optional) A range of ports to display. If no parameter is specified, all ports’ dscp mapping will be displayed. dscp_priotity - Specifies a list of DSCP value to be mapped to a specific priority.

  • Page 570: Chapter 60 Remote Switched Port Analyzer (Rspan) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 60 Remote Switched Port Analyzer (RSPAN) Command List enable rspan disable rspan create rspan vlan [vlan_name <vlan_name> | vlan_id <value 1-4094>] delete rspan vlan [vlan_name <vlan_name> | vlan_id <value 1-4094>] config rspan vlan [vlan_name <vlan_name>...

  • Page 571: Disable Rspan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the RSPAN function: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable rspan Command: enable rspan Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 60-2 disable rspan Description This command is used to disable the RSPAN function. Format disable rspan Parameters None.

  • Page 572: Delete Rspan Vlan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vlan_name - Create the RSPAN VLAN by VLAN name. <vlan_name> - Enter the VLAN name here. vlan_id - Create the RSPAN VLAN by VLAN ID. <value 1-4094> - Enter the VLAN ID here. This value must be between 1 and 4094. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command.

  • Page 573: Config Rspan Vlan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete an RSPAN VLAN entry by VLAN name “v2”: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete rspan vlan vlan_name v2 Command: delete rspan vlan vlan_name v2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To delete an RSPAN VLAN entry by VLAN ID “3”: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete rspan vlan vlan_id 3 Command: delete rspan vlan vlan_id 3 Success.

  • Page 574: Show Rspan

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure an RSPAN source entry without source target port: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config rspan vlan vlan_name v2 source add ports 2-5 rx Command: config rspan vlan vlan_name v2 source add ports 2-5 rx Success.
  • Page 575 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <vlan_name> - Enter the VLAN name here. vlan_id - (Optional) Specifies the RSPAN VLAN by VLAN ID. <value 1-4094> - Enter the VLAN ID here. This value must be between 1 and 4094. Restrictions None.

  • Page 576: Chapter 61 Safeguard Engine Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 61 Safeguard Engine Command List config safeguard_engine {state [enable | disable]| utilization {rising <20-100> | falling <20-100>} | trap_log [enable | disable] | mode [strict | fuzzy]} show safeguard_engine 61-1 config safeguard_engine Description This command is used to configure the CPU protection control for the system.
  • Page 577 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config safeguard_engine state enable utilization rising 50 falling 30 trap_log enable Command: config safeguard_engine state enable utilization rising 50 falling 30 trap_log enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 61-2 show safeguard_engine Description This command is used to display safeguard engine information. Format show safeguard_engine Parameters...

  • Page 578: Chapter 62 Secure Shell (Ssh) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 62 Secure Shell (SSH) Command List config ssh algorithm [3DES | AES128 | AES192 | AES256 | arcfour | blowfish | cast128 | twofish128 | twofish192 | twofish256 | MD5| SHA1 | RSA | DSA] [enable | disable] show ssh algorithm config ssh authmode [password | publickey | hostbased] [enable | disable] show ssh authmode...

  • Page 579: Show Ssh Algorithm

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable SSH server public key algorithm: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config ssh algorithm DSA enable Command: config ssh algorithm DSA enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 62-2 show ssh algorithm Description This command is used to display the SSH service algorithm. Format show ssh algorithm Parameters...

  • Page 580: Config Ssh Authmode

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ssh algorithm Command: show ssh algorithm Encryption Algorithm -------------------------- 3DES : Enabled AES128 : Enabled AES192 : Enabled AES256 : Enabled Arcfour : Enabled Blowfish : Enabled Cast128 : Enabled Twofish128 : Enabled Twofish192 : Enabled Twofish256 : Enabled...

  • Page 581: Show Ssh Authmode

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure user authentication method: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ssh authmode publickey enable Command: config ssh authmode publickey enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 62-4 show ssh authmode Description This command is used to display the user authentication method. Format show ssh authmode Parameters...

  • Page 582: Show Ssh User

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters user - Specifies the user name. <username 15> - Enter the user name used here. This name can be up to 15 characters long. hostbased - Specifies user authentication method. hostname - Specifies host domain name.

  • Page 583: Config Ssh Server

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ssh user authmode Command: show ssh user authmode Current Accounts: User Name Authentication Host Name Host IP --------------- --------- -------------------------------- --------------- admin Password oper Host-based localhost 10.90.90.200 power Host-based localhost superuser Public Key user...

  • Page 584: Enable Ssh

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure SSH server maximum session number is 3: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ssh server maxsession 3 Command: config ssh server maxsession 3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 62-8 enable ssh Description This command is used to enable SSH server services. When enabling SSH, TELNET will be disabled.

  • Page 585: Show Ssh Server

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable the SSH server services: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable ssh Command: disable ssh Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 62-10 show ssh server Description This command is used to display the SSH server general information.
  • Page 586 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide...

  • Page 587: Chapter 63 Secure Sockets Layer (Ssl) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 63 Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Command List download ssl certificate <ipaddr> certfilename <path_filename 64> keyfilename <path_filename 64> enable ssl {ciphersuite {RSA_with_RC4_128_MD5 | RSA_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | DHE_DSS_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | RSA_EXPORT_with_RC4_40_MD5}} disable ssl {ciphersuite {RSA_with_RC4_128_MD5 | RSA_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | DHE_DSS_with_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA | RSA_EXPORT_with_RC4_40_MD5}} show ssl {certificate} show ssl cachetimeout...

  • Page 588: Enable Ssl

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download ssl certificate 10.55.47.1 certfilename cert.der keyfilename pkey.der Command: download ssl certificate 10.55.47.1 certfilename cert.der keyfilename pkey.der Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 63-2 enable ssl Description This command is used to configure the SSL status and it’s ciphersuites. This will enable the SSL feature that include SSLv3 and TLSv1.

  • Page 589: Disable Ssl

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#enable ssl Command: enable ssl Note: Web will be disabled if SSL is enabled. Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 63-3 disable ssl Description This command is used to configure SSL feature and supported cipher suites. This will disable the SSL feature and for each cipher suites status the user must specify it by using this command.

  • Page 590: Show Ssl

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable ssl Command: disable ssl Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 63-4 show ssl Description This command is used to display the certificate status. User must download specified certificate type according to desired key exchange algorithm. The options may be no certificate, RSA type or DSA type certificate Format show ssl {certificate}...

  • Page 591: Show Ssl Cachetimeout

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 63-5 show ssl cachetimeout Description This command is used to display the cached timeout value which is designed for the ‘dlktimer’ library to remove the session ID after expiration. In order to support the ‘resume session’ feature, the SSL library keeps the session ID in web server, and invokes the ‘dlktimer’...
  • Page 592 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the SSL cache timeout value to 60: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config ssl cachetimeout 60 Commands: config ssl cachetimeout 60 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 593: Chapter 64 Sflow Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 64 sFlow Command List create sflow flow_sampler ports [<portlist> | all] analyzer_server_id <value 1-4> {rate <value 0- 65535> | maxheadersize <value 18-256>} config sflow flow_sampler ports [<portlist> | all] {rate <value 0-65535> | maxheadersize <value 18-256>} delete sflow flow_sampler ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 594 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To create an sFlow flow sampler: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create sflow flow_sampler ports 1 analyzer_server_id 1 rate 1 maxheadersize 18 Command: create sflow flow_sampler ports 1 analyzer_server_id 1 rate 1 maxheadersize 18 Success.
  • Page 595 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config sflow flow_sampler ports 1 rate 0 maxheadersize 18 Command: config sflow flow_sampler ports 1 rate 0 maxheadersize 18 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 64-3 delete sflow flow_sampler Description This command is used to delete the sFlow flow sampler. Format delete sflow flow_sampler ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 596 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ports - Specifies the list of ports to be configured. <portlist> - Enter the list of ports that will be used for this configuration here. all - Specifies all ports on the Switch. analyzer_server_id - The ID of a analyzer server.
  • Page 597 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the interval of sFlow counter poller port 1 to be 0: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sflow counter_poller ports 1 interval disable Command: config sflow counter_poller ports 1 interval disable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 64-6 delete sflow counter_poller...
  • Page 598 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create sflow analyzer_server <value 1-4> owner <name 16> {timeout [<sec 1-2000000> | infinite] | collectoraddress <ipaddr> | collectorport <udp_port_number 1-65535> | maxdatagramsize <value 300-1400>} Parameters analyzer_server - The ID of analyzer server. <value 1-4>...
  • Page 599 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config sflow analyzer_server <value 1-4> {timeout [<sec 1-2000000> | infinite] | collectoraddress <ipaddr> | collectorport <udp_port_number 1-65535> | maxdatagramsize <value 300-1400>} Parameters analyzer_server - The ID of analyzer server. <value 1-4> - Enter the analyzer server ID here. This value must be between 1 and 4. timeout - (Optional) The time (in seconds) remaining before the sample is released and stops sampling.

  • Page 600: Enable Sflow

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters analyzer_server - The ID of analyzer server that to be deleted. <value 1-4> - Enter the analyzer server ID value here. This value must be between 1 and 4. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command.

  • Page 601: Disable Sflow

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 64-11 disable sflow Description This command is used to disable the sFlow function on the Switch. Format disable sflow Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable the sFlow globally: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable sflow Command: disable sflow...
  • Page 602 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sflow Command: show sflow sFlow Version : V5 sFlow Address : 10.90.90.90 sFlow State : Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 64-13 show sflow flow_sampler Description This command is used to display the sFlow flow sampler configured for ports. The actual value rate is 256 times the displayed rate value.
  • Page 603 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show sflow counter_poller Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To display the sFlow counter poller information of ports which have been created: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sflow counter_poller Command: show sflow counter_poller Port Analyzer Server ID...
  • Page 604 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sflow analyzer_server Command: show sflow analyzer_server sFlow Analyzer_server Information ------------------------------ Server ID Owner : sflowowner Timeout : 400 Current Countdown Time: 361 Collector Address : 10.90.90.90 Collector Port : 6343 Max Datagram Size : 1400 Server ID...

  • Page 605: Chapter 65 Show Technical Support Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 65 Show Technical Support Command List show tech_support upload tech_support_toTFTP <ipaddr> <path_filename 64> 65-1 show tech_support Description This command is used by the technical support personnel to dump the device overall operation information.
  • Page 606 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show tech_support Command: show tech_support #----------------------------------------------------------------------------- DWS-3160-24PC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Technical Support Information Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. #----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ******************** Basic System Information ******************** [SYS 2000-1-15 00:25:41] Boot Time : 14 Jan 2000...
  • Page 607 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format upload tech_support_toTFTP <ipaddr> <path_filename 64> Parameters <ipaddr> - Specifies the IP address of TFTP server. <path_filename 64> - Specifies the file name to store the information of technique’s support in TFTP server.

  • Page 608: Chapter 66 Simple Network Management Protocol (Snmp) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 66 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Command List create snmp community <community_string 32> view <view_name 32> [read_only | read_write] delete snmp community <community_string 32> show snmp community {<community_string 32>} create snmp user <user_name 32> <groupname 32> {encrypted [by_password auth [md5 <auth_password 8-16>...

  • Page 609: Delete Snmp Community

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Use an SNMP community string to define the relationship between the SNMP manager and the agent. The community string acts like a password to permit access to the agent on the Switch. You can Specifies one or more of the following characteristics associated with the string: An access list of IP addresses of the SNMP managers that are permitted to use the community string to gain access to the agent.

  • Page 610: Show Snmp Community

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete snmp community <community_string 32> Parameters community - Community string will be deleted. <community_string 32> - Enter the community string value here. This value can be up to 32 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.

  • Page 611: Create Snmp User

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show snmp community Command: show snmp community SNMP Community Table Community Name View Name Access Right -------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------- System CommunityView read_only private CommunityView read_write public CommunityView read_only Total Entries: 3 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-4 create snmp user...

  • Page 612: Delete Snmp User

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide priv - (Optional) A privacy key used by DES, it is hex string type. none - Specifies that no encryption will be used for the privacy key. des - Specifies that the DES encryption will be used for the privacy key. <priv_key 32-32>...

  • Page 613: Show Snmp User

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 66-6 show snmp user Description This command is used to display information on each SNMP username in the group username table. Format show snmp user Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display SNMP user: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show snmp user Command: show snmp user Username...

  • Page 614: Delete Snmp Group

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <groupname 32> - Enter the group name here. This name can be up to 32 characters long. v1 - The least secure of the possible security models. v2c - The second least secure of the possible security models. v3 - The most secure of the possible.

  • Page 615: Show Snmp Groups

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To delete SNMP group “group123”: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete snmp group group123 Command: delete snmp group group123 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-9 show snmp groups Description This command is used to display the names of groups on the Switch and the security model, level, the status of the different views.

  • Page 616: Create Snmp View

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show snmp groups Command: show snmp groups Vacm Access Table Settings Group Name : System ReadView Name : CommunityView WriteView Name Notify View Name : CommunityView Securiy Model : SNMPv1 Securiy Level : NoAuthNoPriv Group Name...

  • Page 617: Delete Snmp View

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create SNMP view “view123”: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create snmp view view123 1.3.6 view_type included Command: create snmp view view123 1.3.6 view_type included Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-11 delete snmp view Description This command is used to remove a view record. Format delete snmp view <view_name 32>...

  • Page 618: Create Snmp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters view - (Optional) View name of the user who likes to display. <view_name 32> - Enter the view name here. The name can be up to 32 characters long. Restrictions None.

  • Page 619: Delete Snmp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide noauth_nopriv - Neither support packet authentication nor encrypting. auth_nopriv - Support packet authentication. auth_priv - Support packet authentication and encrypting. <auth_string 32> - Authentication string. If the v1 or v2 is specified, the auth_string presents the community string, and it must be one of the entries in community table.

  • Page 620: Show Snmp Host

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# delete snmp host 10.0.0.1 Command: delete snmp host 10.0.0.1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-15 show snmp host Description This command is used to display the recipient for which the traps are targeted. Format show snmp host {<ipaddr>} Parameters...

  • Page 621: Config Snmp Engineid

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters v6host - (Optional) Specifies the IPv6 host address. <ipv6addr> - Enter the IPv6 address used for the configuration here. If no parameter specified, all SNMP hosts will be displayed. Restrictions None.

  • Page 622: Show Snmp Engineid

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters engineID - Identify for the SNMP engine on the Switch. It is octet string type. It accepts the hex number directly. <snmp_engineID 10-64> - Enter the SNMP engine ID here. This value must be between 10 and 64.

  • Page 623: Enable Snmp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show snmp engineID Command: show snmp engineID SNMP Engine ID : 1023457890 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-19 enable snmp Description This command is used to enable the SNMP function. Format enable snmp Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command.
  • Page 624 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable SNMP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp Command: disable snmp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-21 config snmp system_name Description This command is used to configure the name for the Switch. Format config snmp system_name {<sw_name>} Parameters...
  • Page 625 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config snmp system_location {<sw_location>} Parameters system_location - A maximum of 128 characters is allowed. And NULL string is accepted <sw_location> - (Optional) Enter the system location string here. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To configure the Switch location for “HQ 5F”: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config snmp system_location HQ 5F...

  • Page 626: Enable Snmp Traps

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 66-24 enable snmp traps Description This command is used to enable SNMP trap support. Format enable snmp traps Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable SNMP trap support: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable snmp traps Command: enable snmp traps Success.
  • Page 627 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp traps Command: disable snmp traps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-26 enable snmp authenticate_traps Description This command is used to enable SNMP authentication failure trap support. Format enable snmp authenticate_traps Parameters None.
  • Page 628 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable SNMP authentication trap support: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp authenticate_traps Command: disable snmp authenticate_traps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-28 enable snmp linkchange_traps Description This command is used to configure the sending of link change traps.
  • Page 629 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To disable the sending of link change traps: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable snmp linkchange_traps Command: disable snmp linkchange_traps Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-30 config snmp linkchange_traps ports Description This command is used to configure the sending of link change traps and per port control for sending of change trap.
  • Page 630 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 66-31 config snmp coldstart_traps Description This command is used to configure the trap for cold start event. Format config snmp coldstart_traps [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Enable the trap of the cold start event. The default state is enabled. disable - Disable the trap of the cold start event.

  • Page 631: Show Snmp Traps

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the trap state for warm start event: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config snmp warmstart_traps enable Command: config snmp warmstart_traps enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 66-33 show snmp traps Description This command is used to display the SNMP trap sending status. Format show snmp traps {linkchange_traps {ports <portlist>}} Parameters...

  • Page 632: Show Rmon

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config rmon trap {rising_alarm [enable | disable] | falling_alarm [enable | disable]} (1) Parameters rising_alarm - (Optional) Specifies the trap state for rising alarm. The default state is enabled. enable - Specifies that the rising alarm function will be enabled. disable - Specifies that the rising alarm function will be disabled.
  • Page 633 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show rmon Command: show rmon RMON Rising Alarm Trap : Disabled RMON Falling Alarm Trap : Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 634: Chapter 67 Single Ip Management Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 67 Single IP Management Command List enable sim disable sim show sim {[candidates {<candidate_id 1-100>} | members {<member_id 1-4>} | group {commander_mac <macaddr>} | neighbor]} reconfig [member_id <value 1-4> | exit] config sim_group [add <candidate_id 1-100>...
  • Page 635 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format disable sim Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable SIM: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable sim Command: disable sim Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 67-3 show sim Description This command is used to display the current information of the specific sort of devices. Format show sim {[candidates {<candidate_id 1-100>} | members {<member_id 1-4>} | group {commander_mac <macaddr>} | neighbor]}...
  • Page 636 Firmware Device Name Capability Time Version --- ----------------- ------------------------ ----- --------- ---------------- 00-11-22-33-32-32 DWS-3160-24TC L2 Switch 1.00.034 Total Entries: 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the member information in summary, if user Specifies member id, it will display information in detail: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sim member...
  • Page 637 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show sim group commander_mac 00-11-22-33-45-67 Command: show sim group commander_mac 00-11-22-33-45-67 == Group Info Table == [*** Commander Info ***] MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-45-67 Group Name : Internal Device Name Firmware Version : 1.00.034 Capabilities : L2...
  • Page 638 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To reconnect to a member: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# reconfig member_id 1 Command: reconfig member_id 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# Login: 67-5 config sim_group Description This command is used to configure SIM group information. Format config sim_group [add <candidate_id 1-100>...
  • Page 639 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sim_group delete 1 Command: config sim_group delete 1 Please wait for ACK !!! SIM Configure Success !!! Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 67-6 config sim Description This command is used to configure the role state and the parameters of the discovery protocol on the Switch.
  • Page 640 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sim candidate Command: config sim candidate Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To update name of group: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sim commander group_name mygroup Command: config sim commander group_name mygroup Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To change the time interval of discovery protocol: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sim dp_interval 30 Command: config sim dp_interval 30 Success.
  • Page 641 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide members – (Optional) Specifies a range of members who can download this firmware or configuration. <mslist 1-4> - Enter the member list used here. This value must be between 1 and 4. all - Specifies that all members will be used.
  • Page 642 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters configuration_to_tftp - Specifies that the configuration will be uploaded to the TFTP server. log_to_tftp – Specifies that the log file will be uploaded to the TFTP server. <ipaddr> - Specifies the IP address of the TFTP server. <path_filename>...

  • Page 643: Chapter 68 Syslog And Trap Source-Interface Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 68 Syslog and Trap Source- interface Command List config syslog source_ipif [<ipif_name 12> {<ipaddr> | <ipv6addr>} | none] show syslog source_ipif config trap source_ipif [<ipif_name 12> {<ipaddr> | <ipv6addr> } | none] show trap source_ipif 68-1 config syslog source_ipif...
  • Page 644 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config syslog source_ipif none Command: config syslog source_ipif none Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 68-2 show syslog source_ipif Description This command is used to display the syslog source IP interface. Format show syslog source_ipif Parameters None.
  • Page 645 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ipif - Specifies the IP interface name. If only Specifies this parameter, the least IPv4 address and the smallest IPv6 address of ipif_name will be used as source IP addresses. <ipif_name 12>...
  • Page 646 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the trap source IP interface: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show trap source_ip Command: show trap source_ipif Trap Source IP Interface Configuration: IP Interface : System IPv4 Address : None IPv6 Address : None DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 647: Chapter 69 System Log Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 69 System Log Command List clear log show log {[index <value_list> | severity {module <module_list>} {emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice | informational | debug | <level_list 0-7>} | module<module_list>]} show log_software_module enable syslog disable syslog...

  • Page 648: Show Log

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear log Command: clear log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-2 show log Description This command is used to display the Switch’s history log. Format show log {[index <value_list> | severity {module <module_list>} {emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice | informational | debug | <level_list 0-7>} | module<module_list>]} Parameters index - (Optional) Specifies to enter the index number of the entry to display here.

  • Page 649: Enable Syslog

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show log index 1-3 Command: show log index 1-3 Index Date Time Level Log Text ----- ---------- -------- ------- --------------------------------------------- 2000-01-29 03:42:35 CRIT(2) System started up 2000-01-29 03:42:35 CRIT(2) System cold start 2000-01-29 03:41:43 INFO(6) Port 2 link down DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-3...

  • Page 650: Disable Syslog

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format enable syslog Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable the sending of syslog messages: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable syslog Command: enable syslog Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-5 disable syslog Description This command is used to disable the sending of syslog messages.

  • Page 651: Show Syslog

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 69-6 show syslog Description This command is used to display the syslog protocol global state. Format show syslog Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the syslog protocol global state: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show syslog Command: show syslog Syslog Global State: Enabled DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 652: Create Syslog Host

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide alert - Severity level 1 critical - Severity level 2 error - Severity level 3 warning - Severity level 4 notice - Severity level 5 informational - Severity level 6 debug - Severity level 7 <level 0-7>...
  • Page 653 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create syslog host <index 1-4> ipaddress [<ipaddr> |<ipv6addr>] {severity [emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice | informational | debug | <level 0-7>] | facility [local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 | local6 | local7] | udp_port <udp_port_number>...

  • Page 654: Delete Syslog Host

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create syslog host 1 ipaddress 10.90.90.1 severity all debug facility local0 Command: create syslog host 1 ipaddress 10.90.90.1 severity all debug facility local0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-9 delete syslog host Description This command is used to delete a syslog host(s).
  • Page 655 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters host - The host index or all hosts. <index> - (Optional) Enter the host index value here. If no parameter is specified, all hosts will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display the syslog host information: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show syslog host Command: show syslog host...
  • Page 656 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters time_interval – Specifies the interval used to save the log to the flash. (If no new log events occur in this period, don't save.) <min 1-65535> - Enter the time interval value here. This value must be between 1 and 65535 minutes.
  • Page 657 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show log_save_timing Command: show log_save_timing Saving Log Method: On_demand DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 69-13 show attack_log Description This command is used to display attack log messages. The attack log message refers to log messages driven by modules such as DOS and the IP-MAC-port binding module. This type of log message may generate a large amount of messages and quickly cause the system to run out of system log storage.
  • Page 658 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format clear attack_log Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To clear the master’s attack log: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# clear attack_log Command: clear attack_log Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 659: Chapter 70 System Severity Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 70 System Severity Command List config system_severity [trap | log | all] [emergency | alert| critical | error | warning | notice | information | debug | <level 0-7>] show system_severity 70-1 config system_severity Description...
  • Page 660 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 70-2 show system_severity Description This command is used to display the severity level controls for the system. Format show system_severity Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display severity level control for system: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show system_severity Command: show system_severity System Severity Trap : information(6)

  • Page 661: Chapter 71 Telnet Client Command List

    Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example TELNET to a Switch by Specifiesing the IP address: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# telnet 10.90.90.90 Command: telnet 10.90.90.90 DWS-3160-24TC Gigabit Ethernet Switch Command Line Interface Firmware: Build 1.00.034 Copyright(C) 2012 D-Link Corporation. All rights reserved. UserName:...

  • Page 662: Chapter 72 Tftp Client Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 72 TFTP Client Command List download [firmware_fromTFTP [<ipaddr> | <ipv6addr>] src_file <path_filename 64> {dest_file <pathname 64>} | cfg_fromTFTP [<ipaddr> | <ipv6addr>] src_file <path_filename 64> {dest_file <pathname 64>}] upload [cfg_toTFTP [<ipaddr> | <ipv6addr>] dest_file <path_filename 64> {src_file <pathname 64>} {[include | exclude | begin] <filter_string 80>...
  • Page 663 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To download firmware from TFTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download firmware_fromTFTP 10.54.71.1 src_file px.had Command: download firmware_fromTFTP 10.54.71.1 src_file px.had Connecting to server....Done. Download firmware...... Done. Do not power off! Please wait, programming flash..Done. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To download configuration from TFTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download cfg_fromTFTP 10.54.71.1 src_file cfg01.txt...
  • Page 664 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide include - (Optional) Specifies to include lines that contain the specified filter string. exclude - (Optional) Specifies to exclude lines that contain the specified filter string. begin - (Optional) The first line that contains the specified filter string will be the first line of the output.
  • Page 665 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# upload firmware_toTFTP 10.1.1.1 dest_file D:\firmware.had src_file 100b70.had Command: upload firmware_toTFTP 10.1.1.1 dest_file D:\firmware.had src_file 100b70.had No such file. Failure! DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To upload configuration from TFTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#upload cfg_toTFTP 10.90.90.99 dest_file 111.cfg src_file c:/config.cfg Command: upload cfg_toTFTP 10.90.90.99 dest_file 111.cfg src_file c:/config.cfg Connecting to server....

  • Page 666: Chapter 73 Time And Sntp Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 73 Time and SNTP Command List config sntp {primary <ipaddr> | secondary <ipaddr> | poll-interval <int 30-99999>} show sntp enable sntp disable sntp config time <date ddmthyyyy> <time hh:mm:ss> config time_zone {operator [+ | -] | hour <gmt_hour 0-13> | min <minute 0-59>} config dst [disable | repeating {s_week <start_week 1-4,last>...

  • Page 667: Show Sntp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config sntp primary 10.1.1.1 secondary 10.1.1.2 poll- interval 30 Command: config sntp primary 10.1.1.1 secondary 10.1.1.2 poll-interval 30 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 73-2 show sntp Description This command is used to display the SNTP current time source and configuration. Format show sntp Parameters...

  • Page 668: Disable Sntp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command. Example To enable SNTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# enable sntp Command: enable sntp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 73-4 disable sntp Description This command is used to disable the SNTP feature. Format disable sntp Parameters...
  • Page 669 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config time <date ddmthyyyy> <time hh:mm:ss> Parameters <date ddmthyyyy> - Specifies the system clock date. An example would look like this: '19sep2011'. <time hh:mm:ss> - Specifies the system clock time. An example would look like this: '12:00:00'. Restrictions Only Administrators and Operators can issue this command.

  • Page 670: Config Dst

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure time zone: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config time_zone operator + hour 8 min 00 Command: config time_zone operator + hour 8 min 0 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 73-7 config dst Description This command is used to configure the Daylight Saving Time (DST) of the Switch. Format config dst [disable | repeating {s_week <start_week 1-4,last>...

  • Page 671: Show Time

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide annual - Set the Daylight Saving Time to annual mode. s_date, e_date - (Optional) Configure the start /end date of Daylight Saving Time. <start_date 1-31> - Enter the starting date of Daylight Saving Time here. This range must be between 1 an 31.
  • Page 672 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the time: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show time Command: show time Current Time Source : System Clock Boot Time : 19 Sep 2011 23:50:43 Current Time : 20 Sep 2011 01:01:51 Time Zone : GMT +08:00...

  • Page 673: Chapter 74 Trace Route Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 74 Trace Route Command List traceroute <ipaddr> {ttl <value 1-60>} {port <value 30000-64900>} {timeout <sec 1-65535>} {probe <value 1-9>} traceroute6 <ipv6addr> {ttl <value 1-60> | port <value 30000-64900> | timeout <sec 1-65535> | probe <value 1-9>} 74-1 traceroute...
  • Page 674 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#traceroute 72.14.203.106 Command: traceroute 72.14.203.106 <10 ms 10.1.1.254 <10 ms 192.168.249.129 <10 ms 192.168.15.254 <10 ms 192.168.5.230 124.219.29.126 203.207.46.125 203.207.47.49 203.79.222.137 211.76.96.61 72.14.196.13 209.85.243.26 209.85.250.101 209.85.241.162 72.14.203.106 Trace complete. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 74-2 traceroute6 Description This command is used to trace the IPv6 routed path between the Switch and a destination end...
  • Page 675 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To trace the IPv6 routed path between the Switch and 3000::1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# traceroute6 3000::1 probe 3 Command: traceroute6 3000::1 probe 3 <10 ms.

  • Page 676: Chapter 75 Traffic Control Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 75 Traffic Control Command List config traffic control [<portlist> | all] {broadcast [enable | disable] | multicast [enable | disable] |unicast [enable | disable] | action [drop | shutdown] | threshold <value 0-255000> | countdown [<min 0>...
  • Page 677 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide this timer runs out, port will be shutdown forever. The parameter is not applicable if “drop” (mode) is specified for the “action” parameter. <min 0> - 0 disables the forever state, meaning that the port will not enter the shutdown forever state.

  • Page 678: Show Traffic Control

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable both the occurred mode and cleared mode traffic control traps: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config traffic trap both Command: config traffic trap both Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 75-3 show traffic control Description This command is used to display the current traffic control settings. Format show traffic control {<portlist>} Parameters...
  • Page 679 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show traffic control 1-10 Command: show traffic control 1-10 Traffic Control Trap : [Both] Traffic Control Log : Enabled Traffic Control Auto Recover Time: 0 Minutes Port Thres Broadcast Multicast Unicast Action Count Time...
  • Page 680 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the traffic log state on the Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config traffic control log state enable Command: config traffic control log state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 75-5 config traffic control auto_recover_time Description This command is used to configure the traffic auto recover time that allowed for a port to recover from shutdown forever status.

  • Page 681: Chapter 76 Traffic Segmentation Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 76 Traffic Segmentation Command List config traffic_segmentation [<portlist> | all] forward_list [null | all | <portlist>] show traffic_segmentation {<portlist>} 76-1 config traffic_segmentation Description This command is used to configure the traffic segmentation. Format config traffic_segmentation [<portlist>...
  • Page 682 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <portlist> - (Optional) Specifies a range of ports to be displayed. If no parameter is specified, the system will display all current traffic segmentation tables. Restrictions None. Example To display traffic segmentation table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show traffic_segmentation 1-10 Command: show traffic_segmentation 1-10 Traffic Segmentation Table...

  • Page 683: Chapter 77 Trusted Host Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 77 Trusted Host Command List create trusted_host [<ipaddr> |<ipv6addr> | network <network_address> | ipv6_prefix <ipv6networkaddr>] {snmp | telnet | ssh | http | https | ping} delete trusted_host [ipaddr <ipaddr> | ipv6address <ipv6addr> | network <network_address> | ipv6_prefix <ipv6networkaddr>...
  • Page 684 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create trusted_host 10.48.74.121 Command: create trusted_host 10.48.74.121 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 77-2 delete trusted_host Description This command is used to delete a trusted host entry from the database. Format delete trusted_host [ipaddr <ipaddr> | ipv6address <ipv6addr> | network <network_address>...
  • Page 685 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config trusted_host [<ipaddr> | <ipv6addr> | network <network_address> | ipv6_prefix <ipv6networkaddr>] [add | delete] {snmp | telnet | ssh | http | https | ping | all} Parameters <ipaddr> - Enter the IP address of the trusted host here. <ipv6addr>...
  • Page 686 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display trusted hosts: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show trusted_host Command: show trusted_host Management Stations IP Address Access Interface ---------------------------------------------------------------- 10.48.74.121/32 SNMP Telnet SSH HTTP HTTPs Ping 1234::1 SNMP HTTP 1234:: SNMP Telnet HTTP Total Entries: 3 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 687: Chapter 78 Unicast Routing Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 78 Unicast Routing Command List create iproute [default] <ipaddr> {<metric 1-65535>} {[primary | backup]} delete iproute [default | <network_address>] <ipaddr> show iproute {static} show ipfdb {[ip_address <ipaddr> | interface <ipif_name 12> | port <port>]} 78-1 create iproute Description...

  • Page 688: Delete Iproute

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# create iproute default 10.1.1.254 primary Command: create iproute default 10.1.1.254 primary Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 78-2 delete iproute Description This command is used to delete an IP route entry from the Switch’s IP routing table. Format delete iproute [default | <network_address>] <ipaddr>...

  • Page 689: Show Ipfdb

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the contents of the IP routing table: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show iproute Command: show iproute Routing Table IP Address/Netmask Gateway Interface Cost Protocol ------------------ --------------- ------------ -------- -------- 0.0.0.0/0 192.168.69.1 System Default...
  • Page 690 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show ipfdb Command: show ipfdb Interface IP Address Port Learned ------------ --------------- ------ --------- System 192.168.69.1 Dynamic System 192.168.69.66 Dynamic Total Entries: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 691: Chapter 79 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (Vrrp) Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 79 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Command List enable vrrp {ping} disable vrrp {ping} create vrrp vrid <vrid 1-255> ipif <ipif_name 12> ipaddress <ipaddr> {state [enable | disable] | priority <int 1-254> | advertisement_interval <int 1-255> | preempt [true | false] | critical_ip <ipaddr>...

  • Page 692: Disable Vrrp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 79-2 disable vrrp Description This command is used to disable VRRP globally. Format disable vrrp {ping} Parameters ping - (Optional) Specifies that the ping option will be disabled. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command. Example To disable VRRP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable vrrp...
  • Page 693 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide priority - (Optional) Specifies the priority to be used for the Virtual Router Master election process <int 1-254> - Enter the priority value used here. This value must be between 1 and 254. advertisement_interval - (Optional) Specifies the time interval used between sending advertisement messages.
  • Page 694 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters vrid - specifies the ID of the Virtual Router used. <vrid 1-255> - Enter the Virtual Router ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 255. ipif - Specifies the IP interface used for this configuration. <ipif_name 12>...
  • Page 695 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config vrrp ipif <ipif_name 12> [authtype [none | simple authdata <string 8> | ip authdata <string 16>]] Parameters ipif - Specifies the name of IP interface used for this configuration. <ipif_name 12>...

  • Page 696: Show Vrrp

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ipif - (Optional) Specifies the IP interface name used. <ipif_name 12> - Enter the IP interface name used here. This name can be up to 12 characters long. If no parameter is specified, all the VRRP entries will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrators, Operators and Power-Users can issue this command.
  • Page 697 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show vrrp Command: show vrrp Global VRRP : Enabled Non-owner Response Ping: Disabled Interface Name : System Authentication type : Simple Text Password Authentication Data : 12345678 VRID Virtual IP Address : 10.90.90.91 Virtual MAC Address : 00-00-5E-00-01-01...

  • Page 698: Chapter 80 Vlan Trunking Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 80 VLAN Trunking Command List enable vlan_trunk disable vlan_trunk config vlan_trunk ports [<portlist> | all] | state [enable | disable] show vlan_trunk 80-1 enable vlan_trunk Description This command is used to enable the VLAN trunk function. When the VLAN trunk function is enabled, the VLAN trunk ports shall be able to forward all tagged frames with any VID.
  • Page 699 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable the VLAN Trunk: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable vlan_trunk Command: disable vlan_trunk Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 80-3 config vlan_trunk Description This command is used to configure a port as a VLAN trunk port. By default, none of the port is a VLAN trunk port.
  • Page 700 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <portlist> - Enter a list of ports used for the configuration here. all - Specifies that all the ports will be used for this configuration. state - Specifies that the port is a VLAN trunk port or not. enable - Specifies that the port is a VLAN trunk port.
  • Page 701 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Port 6, 7 have different VLAN configurations before enabling VLAN trunk. Port 6 is LA-1 member port; port 7 is LA-1 master port. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config vlan_trunk ports 7 state disable Command: config vlan_trunk ports 7 state disable The link aggregation needs to be deleted first.
  • Page 702 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show vlan_trunk Command: show vlan_trunk VLAN Trunk Global Setting ---------------------------- VLAN Trunk Status : Enabled VLAN Trunk Member Ports : 1-7 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# The following example displays the VLAN information which will also display VLAN trunk setting: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show vlan Command: show vlan VLAN Trunk State...

  • Page 703: Chapter 81 Voice Vlan Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 81 Voice VLAN Command List enable voice_vlan [<vlan_name 32> | vlanid <vlanid 1-4094>] disable voice_vlan config voice_vlan priority <int 0-7> config voice_vlan oui [add | delete] <macaddr> <macmask> {description <desc 32>} config voice_vlan ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 704 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 81-2 disable voice_vlan Description The command is used to disable the voice VLAN function on a Switch. When the voice VLAN function is disabled, the voice VLAN will become unassigned. Format disable voice_vlan Parameters None.
  • Page 705 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the priority of the voice VLAN to be six: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config voice_vlan priority 6 Command: config voice_vlan priority 6 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-4 config voice_vlan oui Description This command is used to configure the user-defined voice traffic’s OUI. The OUI is used to identify the voice traffic.
  • Page 706 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config voice_vlan oui add 00-0A-0B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00- Command: config voice_vlan oui add 00-0A-0B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-5 config voice_vlan ports Description This command is used to enable or disable the voice VLAN function on ports. Format config voice_vlan ports [<portlist>...
  • Page 707 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 81-6 config voice_vlan aging_time Description This command is used to set the aging time of the voice VLAN. The aging time is used to remove a port from voice VLAN if the port is an automatic VLAN member. When the last voice device stops sending traffic and the MAC address of this voice device is aged out, the voice VLAN aging timer will be started.
  • Page 708 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the voice VLAN global information when voice VLAN is enabled: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show voice_vlan Command: show voice_vlan Voice VLAN State : Enabled VLAN ID VLAN Name : v2 Priority Aging Time : 60 minutes...
  • Page 709 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display the OUI information of voice VLAN: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show voice_vlan oui Command: show voice_vlan oui OUI Address Mask Description ------------------ ----------------- -------------- 00-01-E3-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00 Siemens 00-03-6B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00 Cisco 00-09-6E-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00 Avaya 00-0A-0B-00-00-00 FF-FF-FF-00-00-00...
  • Page 710 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show voice_vlan ports 1-5 Command: show voice_vlan ports 1-5 Ports Status Mode ----- --------- -------- Disabled Auto Disabled Auto Disabled Auto Enabled Auto Enabled Auto DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 81-10 show voice_vlan voice device Description This command is used to display voice devices that are connected to the ports.
  • Page 711 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show voice_vlan voice_device port 1-5 Command: show voice_vlan voice_device ports 1-5 Ports Voice Device Address Start Time Active Time ----- -------------------- --------------- --------------- 00-E0-BB-00-00-01 2011-10-6 09:00 2011-10-6 10:30 00-E0-BB-00-00-02 2011-10-6 14:10 2011-10-6 15:00 00-E0-BB-00-00-03 2011-10-6 14:20...

  • Page 712: Chapter 82 Wireless Access Point Profile Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 82 Wireless Access Point Profile Command List create wireless ap_profile <int 1-16> create wireless ap_profile copy <int 1-16> <int 1-16> delete wireless ap_profile <int 1-16> config wireless ap_profile <int 1-16> [apply | clear | hwtype [any | hw_dwl8600 | hw_dwl3600 | hw_dwl6600] | name <name 32>...
  • Page 713 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create an new AP profile: DWS-3160-24TC:admin#create wireless ap_profile 2 Command: create wireless ap_profile 2 Create AP Profile ID : 2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 82-2 create wireless ap_profile copy Description This command is used to create a copy of an entire existing AP profile. If the destination profile does not exist, it will be created.
  • Page 714 Default Configured approfile_2 Configured Total Entries : 2 DWS-3160-24TC:admin#create wireless ap_profile copy 1 3 Command: create wireless ap_profile copy 1 3 Success. DWS-3160-24TC:admin#create wireless ap_profile copy 1 2 Command: create wireless ap_profile copy 1 2 Are you sure you want to overwrite the existing profile? (y/n) y AP Profile Configuration Copy Successful.
  • Page 715 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To delete the AP Profile with ID 5: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_profile 5 Command: delete wireless ap_profile 5 Delete AP Profile ID : 5 Success.
  • Page 716 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <int 1-16> - Enter the wireless AP Profile ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 16. apply - Specifies to resend the AP profile configuration to all managed APs associated with the profile.
  • Page 717 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide auto_eligible - Specifies to enable either one or all of the supported channels on the radio to be eligible for auto-channel selection. If you Specifies one channel, the command will succeed only if this channel is supported by the current mode of the radio. If 'all' is chosen, then all channels supported by the current radio mode will be enabled for automatic selection.
  • Page 718 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide disable - Specifies to send any acknowledgements for incorrectly received frames. load_balance - Specifies that the load balancing feature will be configured. state - Specifies the load balancing state. enable - Specifies that the load balancing feature will be enabled. disable - Specifies that the load balancing feature will be enabled.
  • Page 719 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide protection mode is enabled, APs and stations will ensure that transmission is protected if there are legacy stations using the same radio frequency. auto - Specifies that the protection mechanism is set to the “automatic” mode. This is the default option.
  • Page 720 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide background - Specifies that the AIFS will be set as 7ms, the Minimum Contention Window as 15ms, the Maximum Contention Window as 1023ms, and the Transmission Opportunity Limit as 0ms. best_effort - Specifies that the AIFS will be set as 3ms, the Minimum Contention Window as 15ms, the Maximum Contention Window as 1023ms, and the Transmission Opportunity Limit as 0ms.
  • Page 721 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide stations. add - Specifies to add a supported data rate to the corresponding list. <float> - Enter a valid data rate, in Mbps, here based on the radio mode. delete - Specifies to delete a supported data rate from the corresponding list. <float>...
  • Page 722 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide default - Specifies that the default option will be used. rts_threshold - Specifies the RTS threshold for the radio. This indicates the number of octets in an MPDU, below which an RTS/CTS handshake shall not be performed. <int 0-2347>...
  • Page 723 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 clear Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 clear All configurations will be set to the default values for this profile except the profile name. Are you sure you want to clear the profile configuration? (y/n) y Clear the AP Profile Configuration.
  • Page 724 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 disconnected_ap management_mode enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 disconnected_ap management_mode enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the automatic power save delivery (uapsd) mode on radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 uapsd enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 uapsd enable Success.
  • Page 725 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 dot11n channel_bandwidth 20 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 dot11n channel_bandwidth 20 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the short guard interval when operating in 802.11n mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 dot11n short_guard_interval enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 dot11n short_guard_interval...
  • Page 726 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 fragmentation_threshold 2312 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 fragmentation_threshold 2312 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To enable the incorrect-frame-no-ack for the Radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 incorrect_frame_no_ack enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 incorrect_frame_no_ack enable...
  • Page 727 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 mcs_index delete 3 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 mcs_index delete 3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the maximum number of simultaneous clients for the Radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 max_clients 100 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 max_clients 100 Success.
  • Page 728 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the parameters of QoS AP-EDCA queues (including voice, video, best-effort and background queues) for the Radio 1 of AP Profile 1. The parameters include AIFS, Minimum Contention Window, Maximum Contention Window, and Maximum Burst Duration. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos ap_edca video aifs Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos ap_edca video aifs 11 Success.
  • Page 729 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos station_edca voice aifs 22 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos station_edca voice aifs 22 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos station_edca voice cwmax 15 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 qos station_edca voice cwmax 15 Success.
  • Page 730 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rate_limit state enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rate_limit state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure normal and burst traffic rate limiting for the Radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rate_limit burst 30 Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rate_limit burst 30 Success.
  • Page 731 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rf_scan sentry mode enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rf_scan sentry mode enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rf_scan sentry channels bgn Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rf_scan sentry channels bgn Success.
  • Page 732 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 wmm enable Command: config wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 wmm enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 82-5 show wireless ap_profile Description This command is used to display the AP Profile configuration parameters. If no parameter is specified, a summary of the configured AP Profiles will be displayed.
  • Page 733 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile Command: show wireless ap_profile AP Profile ID Profile Name Profile Status ------------- -------------------------------- ------------------- approfile Associated - Modified Default Configured Default Configured Default Configured Total Entries : 4 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display a detailed configuration of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile 1...
  • Page 734 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Radio : 1 - Sentry Status : On Mode : 802.11a/n RF Scan - Other Channels Mode : Enable RF Scan - Other Channels Scan Interval : 60 RF Scan - Sentry Mode : Enable RF Scan - Sentry Scan Channels : 802.11b/g/n...
  • Page 735 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 auto_eligible Command: show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 auto_eligible AP Profile ID Profile Name : approfile Radio : 1 - Sentry Mode : 802.11a/n Supported Channels (* = Auto Eligible) ------------------------------------------------ 149* 153*...
  • Page 736 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display the basic rate lists and supported rate list of radio 1 of AP Profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rates Command: show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 rates AP Profile ID Profile Name : approfile...
  • Page 737 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 vap Command: show wireless ap_profile 1 radio 1 vap AP Profile ID Radio Mode Network -------- ----------------------------------- Enable 1 -dlink1 Enable 2 -dlink2 Disabled 3 -dlink3 Disabled 4 -dlink4 Disabled...

  • Page 738: Chapter 83 Wireless Ap Failure Status Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 83 Wireless AP Failure Status Command List delete wireless ap_failed [<macaddr> | all] delete wireless ap_failure list show wireless ap_failure {<macaddr>} 83-1 delete wireless ap_failed Description This command is used to delete one or all managed AP entries with a failed status. A failed status indicates that the Wireless Switch has lost contact with the managed AP.
  • Page 739 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete wireless ap_failure list Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To delete all entries from the AP failure list: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_failure list Command: delete wireless ap_failure list Are you sure you want to clear the entire AP failure list? (y/n) y clear wireless ap failure list All AP failure entries cleared.
  • Page 740 Switch IP Address : 192.168.69.123 Last Failure Type : No Database Entry Validation Failure Count Authentication Failure Count Vendor ID : D-Link Protocol Version Software Version : 4.0.0.1 Hardware Type : 9 - DWL-8600AP Dual Radio a/b/g/n : 0d:00:00:07 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 741: Chapter 84 Wireless Client Association Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 84 Wireless Client Association Command List config wireless client disassociate [all | <macaddr> | ap <macaddr> | ssid <ssid> | vap <macaddr>] show wireless client {[summary | <macaddr> {[client_qos {radius} | neighbor ap | statistics {[association | session]} | dist_tunnel]}]} show wireless ssid [<ssid>...
  • Page 742 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 84-2 show wireless client Description This command is used to display a brief summary or detailed data for clients associated to a managed AP. If the Unified Switch is a Cluster Controller, this command will display all the associated clients in the peer-group.
  • Page 743 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 client_qos Command: show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 client_qos MAC address : 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 SSID : DWS01 Client QoS Operational Status : Disabled Bandwidth Limit Down Bandwidth Limit Up Access Control Down : <none>...
  • Page 744 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics Command: show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics MAC address : 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 Packets Received : 210 Packets Transmitted : 198 Bytes Received : 37472 Bytes Transmitted : 105559 Packets Receive Dropped Packets Transmit Dropped Bytes Receive Dropped...
  • Page 745 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics session Command: show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 statistics session MAC address : 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 Packets Received : 220 Packets Transmitted : 207 Bytes Received : 38591 Bytes Transmitted : 110541 Packets Receive Dropped Packets Transmit Dropped...
  • Page 746 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Discovery Reason - Displays one or more discovery methods for the neighbor client. One or more of the following abbreviated values may be displayed: RF Scan (RF) - The client was reported from an RF scan on the radio. Note that client stations are difficult to detect via RF scan, the other methods are more common for client neighbor detection.
  • Page 747 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 dist_tunnel Command: show wireless client 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 dist_tunnel MAC address : 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 VAP MAC Address : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 AP MAC Address : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Associating Switch : Peer Switch Switch MAC Address : 00-11-22-33-32-32 Switch IP Address : 192.168.69.124...
  • Page 748 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide client - Specifies that client stations will be displayed. client - Specifies that client stations will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display associated clients on all managed SSIDs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ssid client Command: show wireless ssid client Client SSID...
  • Page 749 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display summary data for all Switches with associated clients: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless switch client Command: show wireless switch client Switch IP Address Client MAC Address ----------------- ------------------ 192.168.69.124 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...
  • Page 750 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless vap client Command: show wireless vap client VAP MAC Address AP MAC Address Location Radio Client MAC Address ----------------- ----------------- ------------------ ----- ------------------ 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 00-15-E9-C3-EB-77 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display clients associated to the specific managed AP VAP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless vap 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 client...

  • Page 751: Chapter 85 Wireless Ad Hoc Status Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 85 Wireless Ad Hoc Status Command List delete wireless adhoc_list show wireless adhoc {<macaddr>} 85-1 delete wireless adhoc_list Description This command is used to delete all entries from the Ad Hoc client list. Entries normally age out according to the configured age time.
  • Page 752 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <macaddr> - (Optional) Enter the client MAC address here. Restrictions None. Example To display a summary of the Ad Hoc list: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless adhoc Command: show wireless adhoc MAC Address AP MAC Address Location Radio Det.

  • Page 753: Chapter 86 Wireless Detected Client Database Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 86 Wireless Detected Client Database Command List delete wireless detected_client [all | <macaddr>] config wireless detected_client ack_rogue [all | <macaddr>] config wireless detected_client preauth_history_purge [all | <macaddr>] config wireless detected_client roam_history_purge [all | <macaddr>] show wireless detected_client {<macaddr>} show wireless detected_client pre_auth_history {<macaddr>} show wireless detected_client roam_history {<macaddr>}...
  • Page 754 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless detected_client ack_rogue [all | <macaddr>] Parameters ack_rogue - Specifies to change the client status from Rogue to Known or Authenticated for the specified client MAC address or all the clients present in the detected client database. all - Specifies to change all the clients present in the detected client database.
  • Page 755 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To clear the pre-authentication history maintained for all the clients present in the detected client database: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless detected_client preauth_history_purge all Command: config wireless detected_client preauth_history_purge all Are you sure you want to clear the pre-auth-history for all the detected clients? (y/n) y Preauth history cleared for all the detected clients.
  • Page 756 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless detected_client {<macaddr>} Parameters <macaddr> - (Optional) Enter the MAC address of the specified detected client here. Restrictions None. Example To display the status information for all the detected clients: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless detected_client Command: show wireless detected_client MAC Address...
  • Page 757 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To display all detected clients’ pre-authentication history: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless detected_client pre_auth_history Command: show wireless detected_client pre_auth_history MAC Address AP MAC Address ----------------- ------------------------------------------------------------- 00-02-BB-00-0A-02 <-00-22-BB-00-14-00 <-00-00-91-00-50-00 <-00-22-BB-00-14-00 <-00-00-91-00-50-00 00-02-BB-00-0A-03 <-00-22-BB-00-14-00 00-02-BB-00-0A-04 <-00-22-BB-00-14-00 <-00-00-91-00-50-00 <-00-22-BB-00-14-00 <-00-00-91-00-50-00 <-00-00-87-00-50-10 <-00-22-BB-00-14-00 <-00-00-91-00-50-00 <-00-00-87-00-50-10 <-00-22-BB-00-14-00...
  • Page 758 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters roam_history - Specifies the roaming history for the clients in the detected client database. A roaming history of up to ten Access Points is displayed, as only a maximum of ten records are maintained for each client.
  • Page 759 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless detected_client rogue_classification <macaddr> Parameters rogue_classification - Specifies the WIDS rogue classification test results for a particular client MAC address. <macaddr> - Enter the MAC address of the specified detected client here. Restrictions None.
  • Page 760 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters triangulation - Specifies the signal triangulation status for the specified client entry. <macaddr> - Enter the MAC address of the specified detected client here. Restrictions None. Example To display the signal triangulation status for the specified client entry: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless detected_client triangulation F4-9F-54-6B-48- Command: show wireless detected_client triangulation F4-9F-54-6B-48-50 RSSI Signal Noise...

  • Page 761: Chapter 87 Wireless Local Access Point Database Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 87 Wireless Local Access Point Database Command List create wireless ap_database <macaddr> delete wireless ap_database [<macaddr> | all] config wireless ap_database <macaddr> [location [<desc 1-32> | clear] | mode [ws_managed [profile [<int 1-16>...
  • Page 762 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format delete wireless ap_database [<macaddr> | all] Parameters <macaddr> - Enter the MAC address of a physical AP here. all - Specifies that all AP entries, present in local AP database, will be deleted. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.
  • Page 763 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 16. The default option is 1. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. password - Specifies the password that AP must used to authenticate to the Wireless Switch. The password is only verified if global AP authentication is enabled. After entering the password, the CLI will prompt the user to enter a password that is between 8-63 alphanumeric characters long.
  • Page 764 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_database 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 location 5F Command: config wireless ap_database 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 location 5F Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the AP in managed mode and using profile 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_database 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 mode ws_managed profile 1 Command: config wireless ap_database 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 mode ws_managed profile Success.
  • Page 765 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 87-4 show wireless ap_database Description This command is used to display valid AP database entries. If no parameter is specified, then a summary is displayed. When the users enters a MAC address, detailed information of a specific AP will be displayed.
  • Page 766 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide...

  • Page 767: Chapter 88 Wireless Managed Ap Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 88 Wireless Managed AP Command List config wireless ap <macaddr> [debug [disable | enable] | radio <int 1-2> {channel <int 1-165> | power <int 1-100>}(1)] delete wireless ap_neighbors config wireless ap_download [image_type [img_dwl8600 | img_dwl3600-6600] <url> | group_size <int 1-12>...
  • Page 768 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 debug enable Command: config wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 debug enable Enter password (32 characters max):***** Enter the new password again for confirmation:***** Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the managed AP’s channel: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 channel 36 Command: config wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 channel 36 Success.
  • Page 769 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_neighbors Command: delete wireless ap_neighbors Are you sure you want to delete all neighbor entries (both AP and Client) for all managed APs (y/n) y All managed AP neighbor entries deleted. Success.
  • Page 770 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_download image_type img_dwl8600 tftp://10.254.254.254/dwl8600/8600_D_9_3_1.tar Command: config wireless ap_download image_type img_dwl8600 tftp://10.254.254.254/dwl8600/8600_D_9_3_1.tar Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure a URL for the image type DWL-3600AP/DWL-6600AP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_download image_type img_dwl3600-6600 tftp://10.254.254.254//dwl-ap/3600-6600/6600_D_9_5_3.tar Command: config wireless ap_download image_type img_dwl3600-6600 tftp://10.254.254.254//dwl-ap/3600-6600/6600_D_9_5_3.tar Success.
  • Page 771 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless ap_download Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display an AP code download configuration and status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_download Command: show wireless ap_download img_dwl8600 File Name : 8600_D_9_3_1.tar img_dwl8600 File Path : dwl8600 img_dwl3600-6600 File Name : 6600_D_9_5_3.tar...
  • Page 772 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <macaddr> - (Optional) Enter the WS managed AP MAC address here. If no parameters are specified, a summary of all managed APs is displayed. radio - (Optional) Specifies the radio interface on the AP. If no radio ID is specified, a summary of the radio status for all managed APs is displayed.
  • Page 773 : Enabled Code Download Status : Failure Reboot Status : Not Started Profile : 1 - Default Vendor ID : D-Link Protocol Version Software Version : 4.0.0.1 Hardware Type : DWL-8600AP Dual Radio a/b/g/n Serial Number : H06301226 Part Number...
  • Page 774 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display the channel status of a managed AP on radio 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 channel Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 channel Manual Channel Adjustment Status : Success Channel : 36 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...
  • Page 775 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 neighbor ap Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 neighbor ap MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Location Radio : 1 - 802.11a/n Neighbor AP MAC SSID RSSI Status ----------------- ------------------------ ---- --------------- -------------- 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 DWS01...
  • Page 776 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 vap Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 vap MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Location Radio : 1 - 802.11a/n Client VAP ID VAP MAC Address SSID Auth.
  • Page 777 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 vap 1 statistics Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 radio 1 vap 1 statistics MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Location Radio : 1 - 802.11a/n VAP ID WLAN Packets Received WLAN Packets Transmitted WLAN Bytes Received...
  • Page 778 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To display the summary statistics of a managed AP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 statistics Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 statistics MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Location WLAN Packets Received WLAN Packets Transmitted : 3628 WLAN Bytes Received WLAN Bytes Transmitted...
  • Page 779 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 rf_scan Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 rf_scan MAC Address : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 SSID : dlink1 : D-Link Corporation BSSID : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Physical Mode : 802.11a/n Channel : 36...
  • Page 780 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 rf_scan rogue_classification Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 rf_scan rogue_classification Cond Test Test Time Since Time Since Test ID Detect MAC Addr (radio) Config Result 1st Report Last Report ------------- ------ -------------------- ------ ------ ----------- ----------- WIDSAPROGUE01 False 00-00-00-00-00-00(0) Enable 0d:00:00:00 0d:00:00:00...
  • Page 781 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 dist_tunnel statistics Command: show wireless ap 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 dist_tunnel statistics MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-DD-C0 Distributed Tunnel Bytes Transmitted Distributed Tunnel Packets Transmitted Distributed Tunnel Multicast Packets Transmit Distributed Tunnel Bytes Received Distributed Tunnel Packets Received Distributed Tunnel Multicast Packets Received Distributed Tunnel Roamed Clients of AP...
  • Page 782 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap rf_scan Command: show wireless ap rf_scan Physical MAC Address SSID Mode Chan Status ----------------- ---------------- ----------- ---- ------------ ------------- 00-00-B0-F0-C8-AA dlink 802.11b/g Unknown 0d:00:00:28 00-03-7F-BE-F1-37 802.11a Rogue 0d:00:00:28 00-03-7F-BE-F1-38 802.11b/g Rogue...
  • Page 783 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Managed - The AP profile configuration has been applied to the AP and it is operating in managed mode. Failed - The Unified Switch lost contact with the AP. A failed entry will remain in the managed AP database unless you remove it.
  • Page 784 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide setting on this radio. WLAN Utilization - Displays the total network utilization for the physical radio. This value is based on radio statistics. Medium Time Unallocated - Displays the amount of configured medium time available for non- roaming and roaming clients for the designated access category on this radio.
  • Page 785 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide WLAN Packets Transmitted Dropped - Displays the total packets discarded by the AP prior to transmission on the wireless network. WLAN Bytes Transmitted Dropped - Displays the total bytes discarded by the AP prior to transmission on the wireless network.
  • Page 786 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 88-6 reboot wireless ap Description This command is used to request the Switch to reboot all the managed APs or the managed AP indicated by the MAC address. Format reboot wireless ap [<macaddr> | all] Parameters <macaddr>...
  • Page 787 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide here. This string can be up to 64 characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To download an image file from the DWL-8600AP to the Switch, through TFTP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# download wireless ap_image image_type img_dwl8600 tftpserver 192.168.69.66 src_file d:/apimage.tar Command: download wireless ap_image image_type img_dwl8600 tftpserver...

  • Page 788: Chapter 89 Wireless Network Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 89 Wireless Network Command List create wireless network <int 1-64> delete wireless network <int 1-64> config wireless network <int 1-64> [arp_suppression [enable | disable] | clear | client_qos [state [enable | disable] | access_control [down | up] [ip [acl_num <int 1-199> | acl_name <name 31>] | ipv6 acl_name <name 31>...
  • Page 789 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless network 17 Command: create wireless network 17 Create Network ID : 17 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 89-2 delete wireless network Description This command is used to delete a wireless network configuration. If a network is applied to one or more VAPs within an AP profile, it cannot be deleted.
  • Page 790 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide [down | up] [<uint 0-4294967295> | default] | diffserv_policy [down | up] [policy_name <name 31> | clear]] | deny_broadcast [enable | disable] | dist_tunnel [enable | disable] | dot1x [bcast_key_refresh_rate <int 0-86400> | session_key_refresh_rate <int>] | hide_ssid [enable | disable] | mac_authentication [enable [local | radius] | disable] | radius [accounting [enable | disable] | use_network_configuration [enable | disable]] | redirect [mode [http | none | default] | url [<url>...
  • Page 791 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide characters long. mac - Specifies to configure MAC type of access list to the network as a client QoS. acl_name - Specifies to configure the MAC-name type of access list to the network as a client QoS.
  • Page 792 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide authentication. radius - Specifies that client MAC addresses will use the RADIUS database for MAC authentication. disable - Specifies that MAC authentication, on the network, will be disabled. This is the default option.
  • Page 793 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide index - Specifies the configured WEP transfer key index. The number of characters required depends on the configured WEP key type and length. <int 1-4> - Enter the configured WEP transfer key ID used here. This value must be between 1 and 4.
  • Page 794 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide must be between 0 and 192. The default value is 0, which means no limit. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. ip_tunnel - Specifies the Layer 3 tunnel feature. The Layer 3 Tunnel feature allows mobile stations to maintain their IP connections while roaming from one access point to another access point even when these access points are attached to different IP subnets.
  • Page 795 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure an IP ACL rule to Client QoS on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless access_list ip standard 1 Command: create wireless access_list ip standard 1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless access_list ip name ipacl Command: create wireless access_list ip name ipacl Success.
  • Page 796 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless access_list ipv6 ipv6acl Command: create wireless access_list ipv6 ipv6acl Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 client_qos access_control up ipv6 acl_name ipv6acl Command: config wireless network 1 client_qos access_control up ipv6 acl_name ip v6acl Success.
  • Page 797 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 dist_tunnel enable Command: config wireless network 1 dist_tunnel enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure 802.1X Layer 2 Broadcast/Unicast key’s refresh rate on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 dot1x bcast_key_refresh_rate 1234 Command: config wireless network 1 dot1x bcast_key_refresh_rate 1234 Success.
  • Page 798 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 radius accounting enable Command: config wireless network 1 radius accounting enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the redirect mode on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 redirect mode http Command: config wireless network 1 redirect mode http Success.
  • Page 799 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the WEP authentication mode on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 wep authentication shared_key Command: config wireless network 1 wep authentication shared_key Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the WEP key type on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 wep key type ascii Command: config wireless network 1 wep key type ascii Success.
  • Page 800 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide To configure the WPA key version on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 wpa versions wpa2 Command: config wireless network 1 wpa versions wpa2 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the WPA key value on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 wpa key value wp4k3y12 Command: config wireless network 1 wpa key value wp4k3y12 Success.

  • Page 801: Show Wireless Network

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 ip_tunnel state enable Command: config wireless network 1 ip_tunnel state enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the Layer 3 tunnel subnet and mask on Network 1: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless network 1 ip_tunnel subnet 20.20.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 Command: config wireless network 1 ip_tunnel subnet 20.20.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 Success.
  • Page 802 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless network Command: show wireless network Network SSID Hide SSID Security Mode ------- -------------------------------- --------- ------------- ssid1 Enable Static WEP dlink2 Disable None dlink3 Disable None dlink4 Disable None dlink5 Disable None dlink6...
  • Page 803 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide WPA Versions : WPA2 WPA Ciphers : TKIP WPA Key Type : ASCII WPA Key : wp4k3y12 WPA2 Pre-Authentication : Enable WPA2 Pre-Authentication Limit : 120 WPA2 Key Caching Holdtime (minutes) : 1200 WEP Authentication Type : Shared Key...

  • Page 804: Chapter 90 Wireless Peer Switch Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 90 Wireless Peer Switch Command List config wireless peer_switch [all | <ipaddr>] config wireless peer_switch configuration [enable | disable] [all | ap_database | ap_profile | channelpower | discovery | global | known_client | radius_client | captive_portal | qos_acl | qos_diffserv] show wireless configuration [request | receive] show wireless peer_switch {<ipaddr>...
  • Page 805 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless peer_switch configuration [enable | disable] [all | ap_database | ap_profile | channelpower | discovery | global | known_client | radius_client | captive_portal | qos_acl | qos_diffserv] Parameters enable - Specifies to enable the peer Switch configuration option for the wireless system. disable - Specifies to disable the peer Switch configuration option for the wireless system.
  • Page 806 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 90-3 show wireless configuration Description This command is used to display the global peer Switch’s configuration push status and configuration push status for all peer Switches or the peer Switch’s configuration received status. Format show wireless configuration [request | receive] Parameters...
  • Page 807 To display the summary of status of all peer Switches: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless peer_switch Command: show wireless peer_switch Vendor Software Protocol Disc. IP Address Version Version Reason --------------- -------- -------------------- -------- ------- ------------ 192.168.69.124 D-Link 4.0.0.1 IP Poll 0d:00:00:18 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...
  • Page 808 To display the detailed status of a specific peer Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless peer_switch 192.168.69.124 Command: show wireless peer_switch 192.168.69.124 IP Address : 192.168.69.124 Vendor ID : D-Link Software Version : 4.0.0.1 Protocol Version Discovery Reason : IP Poll Managed AP Count...
  • Page 809 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless peer_switch 192.168.69.124 ap 00-22-B0-3C-43- Command: show wireless peer_switch 192.168.69.124 ap 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Peer Switch IP Address : 192.168.69.124 IP Address : 192.168.69.125 IP Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0 Location Profile : 1-Default...
  • Page 810 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless peer_switch ap 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Command: show wireless peer_switch ap 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Peer Switch IP Address : 192.168.69.124 IP Address : 192.168.69.125 IP Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0 Location Profile : 1-Default Hardware Type...
  • Page 811 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 90-7 show wireless peer_switch configure status Description This command is used to display the configuration push status information for peer wireless Switches. Format show wireless peer_switch configure status Parameters None. Restrictions None.

  • Page 812: Chapter 91 Wireless Provisioning And Mutual Authentication Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 91 Wireless Provisioning and Mutual Authentication Command List delete wireless ap_provisioning [<macaddr> | all] config wireless ap_provision [<macaddr> [switch [primary | backup] <ipaddr> | profile [<int 1-16> | default] | start] | all start] config wireless certificate_generate config wireless certificate_request peer <ipaddr>...
  • Page 813 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless ap_provisioning all Command: delete wireless ap_provisioning all Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 91-2 config wireless ap_provision Description This command is used to configure the AP provisioning settings. Format config wireless ap_provision [<macaddr> [switch [primary | backup] <ipaddr> | profile [<int 1-16>...
  • Page 814 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_provision 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 switch backup 192.168.69.124 Command: config wireless ap_provision 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 switch backup 192.168.69.124 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To configure the AP profile for a specified AP: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_provision 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 profile 1 Command: config wireless ap_provision 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 profile 1 Success.
  • Page 815 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless certificate_generate Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To initiate the regeneration of the X.509 certificate: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless certificate_generate Command: config wireless certificate_generate Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 91-4 config wireless certificate_request peer Description...
  • Page 816 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless certificate_request peer 192.168.69.123 start Command: config wireless certificate_request peer 192.168.69.123 start Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 91-5 config wireless cluster exchange_certificate Description This command is used to initiate trigger exchanges of X.509 certificates on the Switches and APs. This command can be triggered only when network mutual authentication is enabled.
  • Page 817 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide with the local copy of the remote device's certificate. If the certificates don't match then the Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection is dropped. Format config wireless mutual_authentication_mode [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies that mutual authentication will be enabled.
  • Page 818 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The re-provisioning is allowed for unmanaged APs. This flag tells the AP whether it can accept provisioning information when it is not managed by a Switch. By default the AP can accept re- provisioning information.
  • Page 819 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 91-8 config wireless switch_provisioning Description This command is used to configure Switch provisioning. Format config wireless switch_provisioning [[enable | disable] | peer <ipaddr> start] Parameters enable - Specifies that Switch provisioning will be enabled. This is the default option. disable - Specifies that Switch provisioning will be disabled.
  • Page 820 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless ap_provisioning {<macaddr>} Parameters <macaddr> - (Optional) Enter the Ethernet MAC address of the AP here. Display parameters that can be found in the examples: IP Address - Displays the IP address of the AP. Primary Switch - Displays the IP address of the primary provisioned Switch as reported by the Backup Switch - Displays the IP address of the backup provisioned Switch as reported by the Mutual Authentication Mode - Displays the Mutual Authentication mode currently configured on...
  • Page 821 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_provisioning 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 Command: show wireless ap_provisioning 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 MAC address : 00-22-B0-3C-43-C0 AP IP Address : 192.168.69.125 Primary Switch IP : 192.168.69.123 Backup Switch IP : 192.168.69.124 Mutual Authentication Mode : Disabled Unmanaged AP Re-provisioning Mode : Enabled...
  • Page 822 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless switch_provisioning Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the Switch’s certificate request status: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless switch_provisioning Command: show wireless switch_provisioning Provisioning Switch IP Address : 192.168.69.123 Provisioning Status : Success DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 823: Chapter 92 Wireless Qos Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 92 Wireless QoS Command List create wireless access_list [mac <name 1-31> | ip [standard <int 1-99> | extended <int 100-199> | name <name 1-31>] | ipv6 <name 1-31>] delete wireless access_list [mac <name 1-31> | ip [standard <int 1-99> | extended <int 100-199> | name <name 1-31>] | ipv6 <name 1-31>] config wireless access_list ip extended <int 100-199>...
  • Page 824 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide cs6 | cs7 | ef | other <int 0-63>] | flow_label <uint 0-1048575>]] config wireless access_list mac <name 1-31> [rename <name 1-31> | add_rule <value 1-12> type [deny | permit] match_every [true | false {srcmac mac <macaddr> mask <macmask> | dstmac [mac <macaddr>...
  • Page 825 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters mac - Specifies to create a MAC ACL identified by its name. <name 1-31> - Enter the new MAC ACL name used here. This parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric field. This name can be up to 31 characters long. ip - Specifies to create an IP ACL.
  • Page 826 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters mac - Specifies to delete a MAC ACL identified by its name. <name 1-31> - Enter the MAC ACL name used here. This parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric field. This name can be up to 31 characters long. ip - Specifies to delete an IP ACL.
  • Page 827 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 1-255>] | service [ip_precedence <value 0-7> | ip_tos tos_bit <hex 0x00-0xff> tos_mask <hex 0x00-0xff> | ip_dscp [af11 | af12 | af13 | af21 | af22 | af23 | af31 | af32 | af33 | af41 | af42 | af43 | be | cs0 | cs1 | cs2 | cs3 | cs4 | cs5 | cs6 | cs7 | ef | other <int 0-63>]]}] | del_rule <value 1- 12>...
  • Page 828 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide will use. <int 0-65535> - Enter the custom source Layer 4 port number used here. This value must be between 0 and 65535. dst_layer4_port - Specifies the destination Layer 4 port match condition for the IP ACL rule. domain - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called Domain.
  • Page 829 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide af21 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af21'. af22 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af22'. af23 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af23'. af31 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af31'.
  • Page 830 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide other - Specifies to use a custom port number that the source Layer 4 port match condition will use. <int 0-65535> - Enter the custom source Layer 4 port number used here. This value must be between 0 and 65535.
  • Page 831 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide high-order six bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header. The IP DSCP is configured by a possible selection of one of the DSCP keywords or a numerical values. af11 - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'af11'.
  • Page 832 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless access_list ip extended 100 edit_rule 2 protocol igmp Command: config wireless access_list ip extended 100 edit_rule 2 protocol igmp Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To delete a rule from an existed IP extended ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless access_list ip extended 100 del_rule 1 Command: config wireless access_list ip extended 100 del_rule 1 Success.
  • Page 833 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide type - Specifies what action should be taken if a packet matches the rule's criteria. The possible values are Permit or Deny. deny - Specifies that the action that will take place, if a packet matches the rule's criteria, is deny.
  • Page 834 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide condition will use. <int 0-65535> - Enter the custom destination Layer 4 port number used here. This value must be between 0 and 65535. protocol - Specifies the protocol to filter for a named IP ACL rule, identified by number. The protocol number is a standard value assigned by IANA and is interpreted as an integer from 1 to 255.
  • Page 835 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <value 1-12> - Enter the named IP ACL number used here. This value must be between 1 and 12. edit_rule - Specifies to update a specified rule from a named IP ACL. <value 1-12>...
  • Page 836 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide telnet - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called TELNET. tftp - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called TFTP.
  • Page 837 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ef - Specifies that the IP DiffServ Code Point value will be set as 'ef'. other - Specifies that a custom IP DiffServ Code Point value will be used. <int 0-63> - Enter a custom IP DiffServ Code Point value here. This value must be between 0 and 63.
  • Page 838 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless access_list ip standard <int 1-99> [add_rule <value 1-12> type [deny | permit] match_every [true | false {srcip <ipaddr> srcmask <netmask>}] | del_rule <value 1-12> | edit_rule <value 1-12> [type [deny | permit] | match_every [true | false] | srcip <ipaddr> srcmask <netmask>]] Parameters standard - Specifies to configure a standard IP ACL, identified by the ACL number.
  • Page 839 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# config wireless access_list ip standard 5 add_rule 3 type deny match_every false srcip 10.20.30.40 srcmask 255.0.0.0 Command: config wireless access_list ip standard 5 add_rule 1 type deny match_every false srcip 10.20.30.40 srcmask 255.0.0.0 Success.
  • Page 840 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ipv6 - Specifies to configure an IPv6 ACL identified by name. <name 1-31> - Enter the IPv6 ACL named used here. This name can be up to 31 characters long. This parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric string uniquely identifying the IPv6 access list.
  • Page 841 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the service called FTP. ftpdata - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called FTP Data. http - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called HTTP.
  • Page 842 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <value 1-10> - Enter the named IPv6 ACL number used here. This value must be between 1 and 10. edit_rule - Specifies to update a specified rule from a named IPv6 ACL. <value 1-10>...
  • Page 843 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide telnet - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called TELNET. tftp - Specifies that the destination Layer 4 port match condition will use to port number of the service called TFTP.
  • Page 844 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create a new rule for an existed IPv6 ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless access_list ipv6 aclIpv6-1 add_rule 1 type deny match_every true Command: config wireless access_list ipv6 aclIpv6-1 add_rule 1 type deny match_every true Success.
  • Page 845 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide ipv6 | ipx | mplsmcast | mplsucast | netbios | rarp | user_value <hex 0x600-0xffff>] | cos <value 0-7> | vlan <vlanid0-4095>]] Parameters mac - Specifies to configure a MAC ACL identified by name. The <name> parameter is a case- sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying the MAC access list.
  • Page 846 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <value 0-7> - Enter the CoS value, for this rule, here. This value must be between 0 and 7. vlan - Specifies the VLAN identifier value for this rule. <vlanid 0-4095> - Enter the VLAN ID used here. This value must be between 0 and 4095. del_rule - Specifies to delete a specified rule from a MAC ACL.
  • Page 847 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To create a new rule for an existed MAC ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless access_list mac aclMac add_rule 1 type permit match_every true Command: config wireless access_list mac aclMac add_rule 1 type permit match_every true Success.
  • Page 848 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide match_all - Specifies the 'match all' class type and indicates that all of the individual match conditions must be true for a packet to be considered a member of the class. ipv4 - (Optional) Specifies that the Layer 3 protocol used, for this class, is IPv4.
  • Page 849 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless diffserv class_map cm1 Command: delete wireless diffserv class_map cm1 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To delete an existing wireless Diffserv class referenced by one or more policies: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#delete wireless diffserv class_map cm3 Command: delete wireless diffserv class_map cm3 Error! Couldn't delete the Diffserv class.
  • Page 850 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 92-11 delete wireless diffserv policy_map Description This command is used to delete an existing wireless DiffServ policy. Format delete wireless diffserv policy_map <name 1-31> Parameters <name 1-31> - Enter the class map name used here. This name can be up to 31 characters long. This name is a case sensitive alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies a DiffServ class.
  • Page 851 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 128> | src_layer4_port [domain | echo | ftp | ftpdata | http | smtp | snmp | telnet | tftp | other <int 0-65535>]]]] Parameters class_map - Specifies the name of an existing wireless DiffServ class. <name 1-31>...
  • Page 852 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide user_value - Specifies that a custom Ethertype value will be used. <0x0600-0xFFFF> - Enter the custom Ethertype value used here. This value must be between 0x0600 and 0xFFFF. ip_dscp - Specifies the value of the IP DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field in a packet, which is defined as the high-order six bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header.
  • Page 853 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <macaddr> - Enter the source MAC address of a packet here. mask - Specifies the source MAC mask of a packet. <macmask> - Enter the source MAC mask of a packet here. srcip - Specifies the source IP address of a packet.
  • Page 854 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide <int 0-65535> - Enter the custom destination Layer 4 port number of a packet here. This value must be between 0 and 65535. flow_label - Specifies the IPv6 Flow Label. <uint 0-1048575> - Enter the IPv6 Flow Label used here. This value must be between 0 and 1048575.
  • Page 855 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the set matches the conditions defined for another class. srcipv6 - Specifies the source IPv6 address of a packet. <ipv6addr> - Enter the source IPv6 address of a packet here. prefix_length - Specifies the source IPv6 prefix length of a packet. <int 1-128>...
  • Page 856 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 92-13 config wireless diffserv policy_map Description This command is used to configure the related parameters of Policy Map Wireless DiffServ. Format config wireless diffserv policy_map <name 1-31> [rename <name 1-31> | add_class_member <name 1-31>...
  • Page 857 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide af33 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value will be set to 'af33'. af41 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value will be set to 'af41'. af42 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value will be set to 'af42'.
  • Page 858 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide cs4 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value will be set to 'cs4'. cs5 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value will be set to 'cs5'. cs6 - Specifies that the DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field value will be set to 'cs6'.
  • Page 859 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless diffserv policy_map df_policy class cm30 action drop Command: config wireless diffserv policy_map df_policy class cm30 action drop Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 92-14 show wireless access_list Description This command is used to display summary information of the wireless access list configuration for a specified ACL type or the detailed configuration of one specified wireless access list.
  • Page 860 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list mac Command: show wireless access_list mac Current number of all ACLs: 9 Maximum number of all ACLs: 100 MAC ACL Name Rules ------------------------------- ----- macacl aclMac Total MAC ACLs: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display all details of the rules that are defined for a MAC ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list mac aclMac...
  • Page 861 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list ip Command: show wireless access_list ip Current number of all ACLs: 9 Maximum number of all ACLs: 100 IP ACL ID/Name Rules -------------------------------- ----- ipacl aclIPNamed-1 Total IP ACLs: 5 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display all the details of the rules that are defined for an IP extended ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list ip extended 100...
  • Page 862 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list ipv6 Command: show wireless access_list ipv6 Current number of all ACLs: 9 Maximum number of all ACLs: 100 IPv6 ACL Name Rules --------------------------------- ----- ipv6acl aclIpv6-1 Total IPv6 ACLs: 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display all the details of the rules that are defined for an IPv6 ACL: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless access_list ipv6 aclIpv6-1...
  • Page 863 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide up to 31 characters long. The name is a case sensitive alphanumeric string that uniquely identifies an existing wireless DiffServ class. policy_map - (Optional) Specifies to display the DiffServ policy map(s) information. policy_name - Specifies the name of DiffServ policy to be displayed.
  • Page 864 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless diffserv class_map class_name cm31 Command: show wireless diffserv class_map class_name cm31 Class Name : cm31 Class Type : All Class Layer3 Protocol : IPv4 Match Criteria Values ---------------------------- ------------------------------------------- IP TOS 0x11 (0x22) DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...

  • Page 865: Chapter 93 Wireless Rf Scan Ap Status Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 93 Wireless RF Scan AP Status Command List delete wireless ap_rf_scan_list 93-1 delete wireless ap_rf_scan_list Description This command is used to delete all entries from the RF scan list. The RF scan list is data maintained for all access points known by the Wireless Switch via the RF scan data, obtained from the managed access points.

  • Page 866: Chapter 94 Wireless Switch Channel And Power Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 94 Wireless Switch Channel and Power Command List config wireless channel_plan [an | bgn] [mode [interval | manual | time] | interval [<int 6-24> | default] | time [<start_time hh:mm> | default] | history depth [<int 0-10> | default] | action [apply | clear | start]] config wireless power_plan [mode [interval | manual] | interval [<int 15-1440>...
  • Page 867 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide start - Specifies to compute a new proposed wireless channel plan. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the wireless channel plan mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless channel_plan an mode interval Command: config wireless channel_plan an mode interval Success.
  • Page 868 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless power_plan [mode [interval | manual] | interval [<int 15-1440> | default] | action [apply | clear | start]] Parameters mode - Specifies the power plan mode for managed APs. interval - Specifies to compute and apply power adjustments at the configured interval.
  • Page 869 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 94-3 show wireless channel_plan Description This command is used to display the configuration for automatic channel planning. Format show wireless channel_plan [an | bgn] Parameters an - Specifies that the configured wireless channel plan mode for 802.11a/n will be displayed. bgn - Specifies that the configured wireless channel plan mode for 802.11b/g/n will be displayed.
  • Page 870 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the channel plan history: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless channel_plan history an Command: show wireless channel_plan history an Operational Status : Active Last Iteration Last Algorithm Time : ----- AP MAC Address Location Radio Iteration channel...
  • Page 871 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless channel_plan proposed an Command: show wireless channel_plan proposed an Current Status : Algorithm Completed Current AP MAC Address Location Radio channel channel ----------------- -------------------------------- ----- ------- ------- 00-22-B0-3D-A9-40 00-22-B0-3D-AA-C0 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 94-6...
  • Page 872 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless power_plan proposed Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the proposed power plan: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless power_plan proposed Command: show wireless power_plan proposed Current Status : Algorithm Completed Current New AP MAC Address Location...

  • Page 873: Chapter 95 Wireless Switch Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 95 Wireless Switch Command List enable wireless disable wireless create wireless discovery [ip <ipaddr> | vlan <vlanid 1-4094>] delete wireless discovery [ip [<ipaddr> | all] | vlan [<vlanid 1-4094> | all]] config wireless discovery {l3 [enable | disable] | l2 [enable | disable]}(1) create wireless known_client <macaddr>...
  • Page 874 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide show wireless status show wireless switch [<ipaddr> | local] {[statistics | client]} show wireless trap show wireless tunnel_mtu 95-1 enable wireless Description This command is used to enable the Wireless Switch functionality. Format enable wireless Parameters...
  • Page 875 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To disable the Wireless Switch functionality: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#disable wireless Command: disable wireless Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-3 create wireless discovery Description This command is used to add an IP address to the list of addresses used globally by the Wireless Switch.
  • Page 876 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless discovery vlan 3 Command: create wireless discovery vlan 3 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-4 delete wireless discovery Description This command is used to delete entries from the Layer 3 IP polling list or the VLAN discovery list. Format delete wireless discovery [ip [<ipaddr>...
  • Page 877 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-5 config wireless discovery Description This command is used to enable various methods used for the discovery of APs and peer Switches. Format config wireless discovery {l3 [enable | disable] | l2 [enable | disable]}(1) Parameters l3 - (Optional) Specifies the state of Layer 3, IP-based, discovery of APs and peer Switches.
  • Page 878 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format create wireless known_client <macaddr> Parameters <macaddr> - Enter a valid MAC address of a physical wireless client here. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To add the MAC address of ‘00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1’ to the local known client database: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#create wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 Command: create wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 Success.
  • Page 879 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-8 config wireless known_client Description This command is used to configure a client MAC address in the local known client database. This action indicates whether to grant, deny or use global action for MAC authentication of the client. If the global MAC Authentication action is configured as “White List”, then any wireless client with a MAC address, specified in the list, and are not explicitly denied access, is granted access.
  • Page 880 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 action deny Command: config wireless known_client 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 action deny Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-9 create wireless oui_database Description This command is used to add a new entry to the OUI database. Each entry consists of an OUI value, which is composed out of the higher three octets of the Ethernet MAC address of the AP or Client and the organization name for the OUI, which is a 32-byte string.
  • Page 881 <desc 1-32> - Enter the organization name, for the OUI, here. This name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters long. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the OUI database: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless oui_database 00:00:01 D-Link Command: config wireless oui_database 00:00:01 D-Link Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#...
  • Page 882 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-12 config wireless acknowledge_rogue Description This command is used to acknowledge a rogue AP’s in the RF Scan database. This command can also be used to acknowledge all rogue APs. Format config wireless acknowledge_rogue [<macaddr>...
  • Page 883 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide failure list. A value of 0 indicates that the entries should never age out. <int 0-168> - Enter the time to maintain an entry in the AP association and authentication failure list here. This value must be between 0 and 168 hours. The default value is 24 hours.
  • Page 884 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-14 config wireless ap_authentication Description This command is used to enable or disables AP authentication. When enabled, all APs are required to authenticate to the Wireless Switch using a password upon discovery. When disabled, APs are not required to authenticate to the Wireless Switch upon discovery.
  • Page 885 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide option. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To enable the AP automatic upgrade mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ap_auto_upgrade enable Command: config wireless ap_auto_upgrade enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-16 config wireless ap_client_qos Description This command is used to enable or disable AP client QoS operation globally for the wireless Switch.
  • Page 886 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-17 config wireless ap_validation Description This command is used to configure whether to use the local valid AP database or a RADIUS server to validate newly discovered APs. Format config wireless ap_validation [local | radius] Parameters local - Specifies that the local database will be used for validating discovered APs.
  • Page 887 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To enable the automatic IP assignment feature: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless auto_ip_assign enable Command: config wireless auto_ip_assign enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-19 config wireless client roam_timeout Description This command is used to configure the maximum duration for client entry detainment in the client association database after disassociating it from a managed AP.
  • Page 888 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless cluster priority <int 0-255> Parameters <int 0-255> - Enter the preference level for the Cluster Controller election here. This value must be between 0 and 255. The default value is 1. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.
  • Page 889 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless country_code default Command: config wireless country_code default The default country code (US) will be used as a result of this command. The WLAN application is currently enabled. Changing the country code will disable it on the switch, then re-enable it. Any channel and radio mode settings invalid for the regulatory domain will be reset to default values.
  • Page 890 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To configure the Layer 2 Distributed Tunneling parameters: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless dist_tunnel max_clients 800 idle_timeout 100 max_timeout 300 mcast_repl 400 Command: config wireless dist_tunnel max_clients 800 idle_timeout 100 max_timeout 300 mcast_repl 400 Success.
  • Page 891 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless ip_control_port 57775 Command: config wireless ip_control_port 57775 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-24 config wireless mac_authentication_mode Description This command is used to configure the client MAC authentication mode for the Switch. The mode indicates whether MAC addresses, in the Known Client database, are granted or denied access.
  • Page 892 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters <int 1-255> - Enter the identifier for the peer Switch group here. This value must be between 1 and 255. The default value is 1. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.
  • Page 893 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless radius accounting enable Command: config wireless radius accounting enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-27 config wireless static_ip Description This command is used to configure static IP addresses for the wireless Switch. An IP address must be the same as an IP address of an active routing interface in order for the wireless function to work.
  • Page 894 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide be enabled. disable - Specifies that the specified Wireless Switch SNMP trap group wireless system event will be disabled. all - Specifies that all wireless SNMP traps events will be used. ap_failure - Specifies the SNMP traps associated with AP association or authentication failures.

  • Page 895: Clear Wireless Statistics

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters 1500 - Specifies that the maximum IP frame size is 1518 tagged and 1522 untagged. 1520 - Specifies that the maximum IP frame size is 1538 tagged and 1542 untagged default - Specifies that the default value will be used.

  • Page 896: Show Wireless

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-31 show wireless Description This command is used to display the configured wireless Switch’s global parameters and the operational status. NOTE: The Switch will take several minutes to elect the Cluster Controller. Format show wireless Parameters...

  • Page 897: Show Wireless Agetime

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless Command: show wireless ----------------------------------------------- Wireless Main Status ----------------------------------------------- Module Version : 4.0.0.1 Administrative Mode : Enabled Operational Status : Enabled WS IP Address : 192.168.69.123 WS Auto IP Assign Mode : Enabled WS Switch Static IP : 10.72.72.110...
  • Page 898 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide list. AP Provisioning Database Age Time (hours) - Displays the value that determines how long to keep an entry in the AP Provisioning Database. After an AP is inactive for the number of hours you specify in this field, its entry is removed from the database.
  • Page 899 Command: show wireless ap_capability hw_dwl8600 radio 1 Hardware Type Description : DWL-8600AP Dual Radio a/b/g/n Radio Count Image Type : DLink 8600 AP Radios Radio Radio Type Description : D-Link DWL-8600 a/n VAP Count : 16 802.11a Support : Enable 802.11bg Support : Disable 802.11n Support...
  • Page 900 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless ap_capability dual_boot Command: show wireless ap_capability dual_boot Hardware Hardware Dual Boot Type ID Type Description Support ---------- ---------------------------------------- ------------- Not Supported hw_dwl8600 DWL-8600AP Dual Radio a/b/g/n Not Supported hw_dwl3600 DWL-3600AP Single Radio b/g/n Supported hw_dwl6600...

  • Page 901: Show Wireless Discovery

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format show wireless country_code Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the country codes configurable on the wireless Switch: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless country_code Command: show wireless country_code Code Country ---- -------------------------------- United Arab Emirates Antigua and Barbuda Netherlands Antilles Argentina...
  • Page 902 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters ip_list - Specifies that the Layer 3 discovery IP list and polling status will be displayed. vlan_list - Specifies that the Layer 2 discovery VLAN list will be displayed. If no parameter is specified, information about the configured the wireless Switch’s discovery methods will be displayed.
  • Page 903 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless discovery vlan_list Command: show wireless discovery vlan_list -------------------- VLAN List -------------------- 1 - default 3 - v3 Total Entries : 2 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-37 show wireless dist_tunnel Description This command is used to display the Layer 2 distributed tunnel’s status. Format show wireless dist_tunnel {statistics} Parameters...
  • Page 904 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless dist_tunnel Command: show wireless dist_tunnel Distributed Tunnel Max Clients : 800 Distributed Tunnel Idle Timeout : 100 Distributed Tunnel Timeout : 300 Distributed Tunnel Max Multicast Replications : 400 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# To display the wireless distributed tunnel’s statistics: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless dist_tunnel statistics...
  • Page 905 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless known_client Command: show wireless known_client MAC Address Name Action ----------------- -------------------------------- ---------------- 00-18-DE-D7-B4-C1 reception deny Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-39 show wireless mac_authentication_mode Description This command is used to display the configured client MAC authentication mode for the Switch. If the global MAC Authentication action is configured as “White List”, then any wireless clients with MAC addresses that are specified in the known client list (local or RADIUS), and are not explicitly denied access, are granted access.
  • Page 906 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-40 show wireless multicast tx_rates Description This command is used to display the multicast transmit rates valid for a specified physical mode. This is intended to help the user to determine valid values for the radio configuration command. Format show wireless multicast tx_rates [a | bg] Parameters...
  • Page 907 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless multicast tx_rates bg Command: show wireless multicast tx_rates bg Mode : 802.11b/g Valid Rates (Mbps) ------------------ 1 Mbps 2 Mbps 5.5 Mbps 6 Mbps 9 Mbps 11 Mbps 12 Mbps 18 Mbps 24 Mbps 36 Mbps...

  • Page 908: Show Wireless Rates

    DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless oui_database Command: show wireless oui_database OUI Value OUI Description -------------------- -------------------------------- 00:00:01 D-Link Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-42 show wireless radius Description This command is used to display the global RADIUS configuration for wireless clients. Format show wireless radius Parameters None.
  • Page 909 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters a - Specifies that TX rates of the physical mode, 802.11a, will be displayed. bg - Specifies that TX rates of the physical mode, 802.11b/g, will be displayed. Restrictions None. Example To display TX rates of the physical mode, 802.11a: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless rates a...

  • Page 910: Show Wireless Statistics

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-44 show wireless statistics Description This command is used to display the current global wireless Switch’s statistics. Format show wireless statistics Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To display the current global wireless Switch’s statistics: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless statistics Command: show wireless statistics WLAN Bytes Received...
  • Page 911 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions None. Example To display the configured global wireless Switch’s status parameters. DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless status Command: show wireless status Total Access Points Managed Access Points Connection Failed Access Points Discovered Access Points Maximum Managed APs in Peer Group : 48 Rogue AP Mitigation Count...
  • Page 912 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide configuration and status. Restrictions None. Example To display the local Switch’s summary: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless switch local Command: show wireless switch local Switch IP Address : 192.168.69.123 Cluster Priority Total Access Points Managed Access Points Connection Failed Access Points Discovered Access Points...
  • Page 913 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin# show wireless switch local client Command: show wireless switch local client Switch IP Address Client MAC Address ----------------- ------------------ 50.1.1.61 70-1A-04-3D-F4-C1 Total Entries : 1 DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 95-47 show wireless trap Description This command is used to display the wireless trap status on the Switch.
  • Page 914 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 95-48 show wireless tunnel_mtu Description This command is used to display the configured network’s MTU size. This is a global configuration for all managed access points. Format show wireless tunnel_mtu Parameters None.

  • Page 915: Chapter 96 Wireless Wids Ap Rf Security Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 96 Wireless WIDS AP RF Security Command List config wireless wids_security admin_config_rogue enable config wireless wids_security ap_chan_illegal [enable | disable] config wireless wids_security ap_de_auth_attack [enable | disable] config wireless wids_security client auth_with_unknown_ap [enable | disable] config wireless wids_security client configured_auth_rate [enable | disable] config wireless wids_security client configured_deauth_rate [enable | disable] config wireless wids_security client configured_probe_rate [enable | disable]...
  • Page 916 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To manage Administrator-configured rogue detections: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security admin_config_rogue enable Command: config wireless wids_security admin_config_rogue enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-2 config wireless wids_security ap_chan_illegal Description This command is used to manage rogue reporting for APs operating on an illegal channels or not.
  • Page 917 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless wids_security ap_de_auth_attack [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies to manage an AP de-authentication attack. disable - Specifies not to manage an AP de-authentication attack. This is the default option. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.
  • Page 918 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client auth_with_unknown_ap enable Command: config wireless wids_security client auth_with_unknown_ap enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-5 config wireless wids_security client configured_auth_rate Description This command is used to enable or disable the test which marks the client as rogue if it exceeds the configured rate for transmitting 802.11 authentication requests.
  • Page 919 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters enable - Specifies to enable the test which marks the client as rogue if it exceeds the configured rate for transmitting 802.11 de-authentication requests. This is the default option. disable - Specifies to disable the test which marks the client as rogue if it exceeds the configured rate for transmitting 802.11 de-authentication requests.
  • Page 920 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client configured_probe_rate enable Command: config wireless wids_security client configured_probe_rate enable Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-8 config wireless wids_security client known_client_database Description This command is used to enable or disable the test which marks the client as a rogue if it is not in the Known Clients database.
  • Page 921 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters local - Specifies that the database defined locally. This is the default option. radius_server - Specifies that the database defined on a RADIUS server. default - Specifies that the default option will be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.
  • Page 922 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-11 config wireless wids_security client oui_database Description This command is used to enable or disable the check whether a client is present in the OUI DB Test. Format config wireless wids_security client oui_database [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies to enable the check whether a client is present in the OUI DB Test.
  • Page 923 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Example To configure the rogue detection trap interval: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Command: config wireless wids_security client rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-13 config wireless wids_security client threat_mitigation Description This command is used to enable or disable the transmission of de-authentication messages to known clients associated with unknown APs.
  • Page 924 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless wids_security client threshold_auth_failure [<int 1-99999> | default] Parameters <int 1-99999> - Enter the threshold authentication failure value used here. This value must be between 1 and 99999. The default value is 5. default - Specifies that the default value will be used.
  • Page 925 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_auth 60 Command: config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_auth 60 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-16 config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_deauth Description This command is used to specify the threshold interval for counting the de-authentication message. Format config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_deauth [<int 1-3600>...
  • Page 926 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide be between 1 and 3600. The default value is 60. default - Specifies that the default value will be used. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To Specifies the threshold interval for counting the probe message: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_prob 600 Command: config wireless wids_security client threshold_interval_prob 600...
  • Page 927 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-19 config wireless wids_security client threshold_value_deauth Description This command is used to specify the maximum number of de-authentication messages which a Switch can receive during the threshold interval. Format config wireless wids_security client threshold_value_deauth [<int 1-99999> | default] Parameters <int 1-99999>...
  • Page 928 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To Specifies the maximum number of probe messages that a Switch can receive during the threshold interval: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security client threshold_value_prob Command: config wireless wids_security client threshold_value_prob 100 Success.
  • Page 929 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-22 config wireless wids_security fakeman_ap_managemed_ssid Description This command is used to manage rogue reporting for fake managed AP’s detected with a managed SSID or not. Format config wireless wids_security fakeman_ap_managemed_ssid [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies to manage rogue reporting for fake managed AP’s detected with a managed SSID.
  • Page 930 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To manage beacons received from fake managed AP without SSID rogue detection: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security fakeman_ap_no_ssid enable Command: config wireless wids_security fakeman_ap_no_ssid enable Success.
  • Page 931 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Format config wireless wids_security managed_ssid_secu_bad [enable | disable] Parameters enable - Specifies to manage managed SSIDs detected with incorrect security configurations. This is the default option. disable - Specifies to manage managed SSIDs detected with incorrect security configurations. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.
  • Page 932 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Command: config wireless wids_security rogue_det_trap_interval 3600 Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 96-27 config wireless wids_security standalone_cfg_invalid Description This command is used to manage standalone APs when operating with an unexpected channel, SSID, security, or WIDS mode or not.
  • Page 933 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide default option. disable - Specifies not to manage managed SSIDs received from unknown rogue APs. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To manage managed SSIDs received from unknown rogue APs: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#config wireless wids_security unknown_ap_managed_ssid enable Command: config wireless wids_security unknown_ap_managed_ssid enable...
  • Page 934 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-30 config wireless wids_security wired_detection_interval Description This command is used to specify the minimum wired detection interval. Use this variable to set the minimum number of seconds that the AP waits before starting a new wired network detection cycle. Format config wireless wids_security wired_detection_interval [<int 0-3600>...
  • Page 935 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security Command: show wireless wids_security Rogue - admin configured Rogue AP's : Enable Rogue - AP's on an illegal channel : Enable Rogue - fake managed AP / invalid channel : Enable Rogue - fake managed AP / no SSID : Enable...
  • Page 936 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security client Command: show wireless wids_security client Rogue detected trap interval : 300 seconds Rogue-Not in OUI database : Disable Rogue-Not in Known Client list : Disable Rogue-Exceeds Auth Req : Enable Rogue-Exceeds DeAuth Req : Enable...
  • Page 937 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security client rogue_test_descriptions Command: show wireless wids_security client rogue_test_descriptions WIDSCLNTROGUE1 : Known Client Database Test WIDSCLNTROGUE2 : Client exceeds configured rate for auth msgs WIDSCLNTROGUE3 : Client exceeds configured rate for probe msgs WIDSCLNTROGUE4 : Client exceeds configured rate for de-auth msgs WIDSCLNTROGUE5 :...
  • Page 938 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide 96-35 show wireless wids_security rogue_test_descriptions Description This command is used to display the WIDS AP rogue classification test identifier descriptions. Format show wireless wids_security rogue_test_descriptions Parameters None. Restrictions None. Example To report the status of the WIDS feature: DWS-3160-24PC:admin#show wireless wids_security rogue_test_descriptions Command: show wireless wids_security rogue_test_descriptions WIDSAPROGUE01 :...

  • Page 939: Chapter 97 Password Recovery Command List

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Chapter 97 Password Recovery Command List enable password_recovery disable password_recovery show password_recovery 97-1 enable password_recovery Description This command is used to enable the password recovery mode. Format enable password_recovery Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command.
  • Page 940 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Parameters None. Restrictions Only Administrators can issue this command. Example To disable the password recovery mode: DWS-3160-24PC:admin# disable password_recovery Command: disable password_recovery Success. DWS-3160-24PC:admin# 97-3 show password_recovery Description This command is used to display the password recovery state. Format show password_recovery Parameters...

  • Page 941: Appendix A Mitigating Arp Spoofing Attacks Using Packet Content Acl

    IP and MAC information in the ARP packets to attack a LAN (known as ARP spoofing). This document is intended to introduce the ARP protocol, ARP spoofing attacks, and the countermeasures brought by D-Link’s switches to thwart ARP spoofing attacks. Figure 1 In the process of ARP, PC A will first issue an ARP request to query PC B’s MAC address.
  • Page 942 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Table 1. ARP Payload The ARP request will be encapsulated into an Ethernet frame and sent out. As can be seen in Table 2, the “Source Address” in the Ethernet frame will be PC A’s MAC address. Since an ARP request is sent via broadcast, the “Destination address”...
  • Page 943 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Figure 2 Figure 3 When PC B replies to the ARP request, its MAC address will be written into “Target H/W Address” in the ARP payload displayed in Table 3. The ARP reply will be then encapsulated into an Ethernet frame again and sent back to the sender.
  • Page 944 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Table 3. ARP Payload When PC B replies to the query, the “Destination Address” in the Ethernet frame will be changed to PC A’s MAC address. The “Source Address” will be changed to PC B’s MAC address (see Table 4).
  • Page 945 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Figure 4 Generally, the aim is to associate the attacker's or random MAC address with the IP address of another node (such as the default gateway). Any traffic meant for that IP address would be mistakenly re-directed to the node specified by the attacker.
  • Page 946 Figure 5 all traffic will be then sniffed by the hacker but the users will not discover. Prevent ARP Spoofing via Packet Content ACL D-Link managed switches can effectively mitigate common DoS attacks caused by ARP spoofing via a unique Package Content ACL.
  • Page 947 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide prevent ARP spoofing attack, we will demonstrate here via using Packet Content ACL on the Switch to block the invalid ARP packets which contain faked gateway’s MAC and IP binding. Configuration The configuration logic is as follows: •...
  • Page 948 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Table 7. A Completed ARP Packet Contained in an Ethernet Frame Command Description create access_profile_id 1 Step 1: 1. Create access profile 1 to match Ethernet profile_name 1 ethernet source_mac Type and Source MAC address. FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF ethernet_type config access_profile profile_id 1 Step 2:...

  • Page 949: Appendix B Password Recovery Procedure

    This chapter explains how the Password Recovery feature can help network administrators reach this goal. The following steps explain how to use the Password Recovery feature on D-Link devices to easily recover passwords. Complete these steps to reset the password: ...
  • Page 950 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Command Parameters reset account The reset account command deletes all the previously created accounts. reset password The reset password command resets the password of the specified user. If {<username>} a username is not specified, the passwords of all users will be reset. show account The show account command displays all previously created accounts.

  • Page 951: Appendix C System Log Entries

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix C System Log Entries The following table lists all possible entries and their corresponding meanings that will appear in the System Log of this Switch. Category Event Description Log Information Severity Remark System...
  • Page 952 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide informati on for logging. Internal Power failed Internal Power failed Critical Internal Power is recovered Internal Power is recovered Critical Redundant Power failed Redundant Power failed Critical Redundant Power is Redundant Power is working Critical working Side Fan failed...
  • Page 953 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Configuration download by console Configuration download Warning "by was unsuccessful was unsuccessful! (Username: console" <username>, IP: <ipaddr>) and "IP: <ipaddr> " are displaye d in log string, which means if user login by console, there will...
  • Page 954 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide on for logging. Log message upload by console was Log message upload was Warning "by unsuccessful unsuccessful! (Username: console" <username>, IP: <ipaddr> ) and "IP: <ipaddr> " are displaye d in log string, which means if...
  • Page 955 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Login failed through Console Login failed through Warning There are Console (Username: <username>) no IP and MAC if login console. Logout through Console Logout through Console (Username: Informational There are <username>) no IP and MAC if login...
  • Page 956 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide created (Instance:<InstanceID>) Spanning Tree instance deleted Spanning Tree instance Informational deleted (Instance:<InstanceID>) Spanning Tree Version Spanning Tree version change (new Informational changed version:<new_version>) Spanning Tree MST Spanning Tree MST configuration ID Informational configuration ID name and name and revision level change...
  • Page 957 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide AAA local method method (Username: <username> ) Login failed through SSH Login failed through SSH from <userIP> Warning authenticated by AAA authenticated by AAA local method (Username: <username>) local method Successful login through Successful login through Console Informational authenticated by AAA none method...
  • Page 958 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Successful login through SSH from Successful login through Informational SSH authenticated by <userIP> authenticated by AAA server AAA server <serverIP> (Username: <username> ) Login failed through SSH Login failed through SSH from <userIP> Warning authenticated by AAA authenticated by AAA server...
  • Page 959 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Successful Enable Admin through Successful Enable Admin Informational through Console Console authenticated by AAA server authenticated by AAA <serverIP> (Username: <username>) server Enable Admin failed Enable Admin failed through Console Warning authenticated by AAA server through Console authenticated by AAA...
  • Page 960 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the max user limit. Port <portNum> recovers from MAC- The authorized user Warning per port number on a port is below based Access Control stop learning the max user limit in a state.
  • Page 961 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide logging. Safeguard Safeguard Engine is in Safeguard Engine enters NORMAL Informational Engine normal mode mode Safeguard Engine is in Safeguard Engine enters EXHAUSTED Warning filtering packet mode mode Packet Broadcast storm Port <portNum>...
  • Page 962 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Local(Port <portNum>, Direction:<mepdirection>) Remote MEP detects CFM CFM remote detects a defect. MD Informational defects Level:<mdlevel>, VLAN:<vlanid>, Local(Port <portNum>, Direction:<mepdirection>) AIS condition detected. MD AIS condition detected Notice Extension Level:<mdlevel>, VLAN:<vlanid>, Local(Port <portNum>, Direction:<mepdirection>, MEPID:<mepid>)
  • Page 963 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide dropped Wireless peer switch <ipaddr> client Wireless peer Switch client database full client MAC: <macaddr> Warning database full dropped Peer Wireless peer Switch Wireless peer switch: <ipaddr> Informational Switch discovered discovered Wireless peer switch: <ipaddr>...
  • Page 964 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Wireless rogue-Client(s) Wireless rogue-Client(s) present in the Informational present in the network network Auto Wireless Channel Algorithm is Wireless Channel Channel & complete Informational Algorithm is complete Power Wireless Power Algorithm Wireless Power Algorithm is complete Informational is complete...

  • Page 965: Appendix D Trap Entries

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix D Trap Entries This table lists the trap logs found on the Switch. Log Entry Description L2macNotification This trap indicates the MAC address variations 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.11.101.1.2.100.1.2.0.1 in the address table. L2PortSecurityViolationTrap When the port security trap is enabled, new 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.11.101.1.2.100.1.2.0.2 MAC addresses that violate the pre-defined...
  • Page 966 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide coldStart A coldStart trap signifies that the SNMPv2 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 entity, acting in an agent role, is reinitializing itself and that its configuration may have been altered. warmStart A warmStart trap signifies that the SNMPv2 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 entity, acting in an agent role, is reinitializing itself such that its configuration is unaltered.
  • Page 967 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide has detected that ManagedAP neighbor AP list is full. A wsManagedAPNeighborClientListFull trap 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.12.96.11.0.5 signifies that the SNMP entity, acting in an wsManagedAPNeighborClientListFull agent role, has detected that ManagedAP neighbor client list is full. A wsAPFailureListFull trap signifies that the 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.12.96.11.0.6 wsAPFailureListFull...
  • Page 968 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide the SNMP entity, acting in an agent role, has detected client association failure. A wsAuthenticationFailure trap signifies that 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.12.96.11.0.24 wsClientAuthenticationFailure the SNMP entity, acting in an agent role, has detected client authentication failure. A wsAdHocClientDetected trap signifies that 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.12.96.11.0.25 wsAdHocClientDetected...
  • Page 969 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide A cpClientConnect trap signifies that the SNMP 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.12.97.4.0.2 cpClientConnect entity, acting in an agent role, has detected a client connection. A cpClientDatabaseFull trap signifies that the 1.3.6.1.4.1.171.12.97.4.0.3 SNMP entity, acting in an agent role, has cpClientDatabaseFull detected that client authentication database is full.

  • Page 970: Appendix Eradius Attributes Assignment

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix E RADIUS Attributes Assignment The RADIUS Attributes Assignment on the Switch is used in the following modules: 802.1X (Port- based and Host-based), MAC-based Access Control and Captive Portal Configurations. The description that follows explains the following RADIUS Attributes Assignment types: •...
  • Page 971 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide If the user has configured the 802.1p priority attribute of the RADIUS server (for example, priority 7) and the 802.1X, or Host-based authentication is successful, the device will assign the 802.1p default priority (according to the RADIUS server) to the port.
  • Page 972 RADIUS entry for each AP with the User-Name attribute set to the MAC address. The following table indicates the attributes that are configured in the RADIUS server entry. The vendor specific attributes are added using the D-Link vendor ID (171). Attribute...
  • Page 973 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide entry. “NOPASSWORD” Vendor-Specific (26), A description for the 0-32 characters Optional “” D-Link (171), AP, often based on its Location (101) location. Vendor-Specifc (26), Indicates whether this Managed (1), Required None...
  • Page 974 (110) 3 - WPA or WPA2 Vendor-Specifc (26), The expected SSID Character string, 0 to Optional “” D-Link (171), for a standalone AP. 32 bytes. If string is Expected-SSID (109) empty, then device may use any SSID Vendor-Specifc (26), Flag indicating...
  • Page 975 (IPV4) or name (IPV6, MAC) Vendor-Specific (26), Name of DiffServ policy to be applied to Type: string 1- Optional D-Link (171), 802.1X authenticated wireless client 31 characters Client-Policy-Dn (122) traffic in the outbound (down) direction. (not null- If this attribute is not present then the...
  • Page 976 A fixed password used “NOPASSWORD” Required None to lookup an client MAC entry. Vendor-Specific (26), Flag indicating what 0-Global Action Optional D-Link (171), action to take if MAC 1-Grant Access MAC-Authentication- authentication is 2-Deny Access Action (114) enabled on the network. Vendor-Specifc (26),...
  • Page 977 0 or not present, then use the value configured for the Captive Portal. Vendor-Specific (26), Maximum number of Integer Optional D-Link (171), octets the user is LVL7-Max-Input-Octets allowed to transmit. (124) After this limit has been reached the user will be disconnected. If...
  • Page 978 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Vendor-Specific (26), Acomma-delimited list String Optional None. D-Link (171), of group names that LVL7-Captive-Portal- correspond to the default Groups (127) configured CP group is instance used if configurations. defined here.

  • Page 979: Appendix F Wireless Switch Specific

    DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide Appendix F Wireless Switch Specific Captive Portal Guidlines Authenticated Roaming and Clustering: In addition to the generic implementation, Captive Portal also provides two key features for the wireless networks called authenticated roaming and clustering. 1.
  • Page 980 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The decision to transition out of the Cluster Controller state is immediate. If the Switch elects itself as the Cluster Controller immediately. If the Switch elects another Switch as the Cluster Controller, then the decision to declare that Switch as the Cluster Controller is delayed for the duration of the keep-alive timer interval.
  • Page 981 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide which the AP may establish a connection. The certificates are distributed when the mutual authentication feature is enabled, during AP and Switch provisioning, and triggered by an administrator command. The X.509 mutual certificate exchange is the only mechanism for peer Switches to authenticate with each other because Switches don't support pass-phrase authentication.
  • Page 982 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide The AP auto-generates an X.509 certificate when it boots. At boot time the AP checks whether the key file and the certificate file already exists. If the files exist then the AP uses them, otherwise the AP generates the files.
  • Page 983 DWS-3160 Series Gigabit Ethernet Unified Switch CLI Reference Guide configured static IP address is already being used by the Wireless feature then the Wireless feature is not disabled and service to the wireless clients is not interrupted. IP Tunnel versus MBA and IMPB When Wireless Switches enables IP tunneling for wireless clients, the MAC of the wireless tunnel client has the highest priority.

This manual is also suitable for:

Dws-3160-24pcDws-3160 series

Table of Contents